From 7d8368e553263761377a86a3496af227af6a4f83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Tiffany Chang (tic)" Date: Tue, 5 Nov 2024 10:20:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] *: export latest terms As per usual, leave off developer.pot and contributing.pot since we don't translate them (not useful, can't really contribute to/dev in Odoo without knowing English) closes odoo/documentation#11331 X-original-commit: 63f88d7adb4cc6c74c64ea024ced8e996ebea57d Signed-off-by: Tiffany Chang (tic) --- locale/sources/administration.pot | 152 +- locale/sources/essentials.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/finance.pot | 2210 ++++++++++++++------------ locale/sources/general.pot | 6 +- locale/sources/hr.pot | 277 ++-- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 1825 +++++++++++---------- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 187 ++- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 655 ++++++-- locale/sources/sales.pot | 252 +-- locale/sources/studio.pot | 128 +- locale/sources/websites.pot | 659 ++++---- 11 files changed, 3619 insertions(+), 2736 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 6424d7045..9592a5354 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ msgid "Here is a pseudo-implementation example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:249 msgid "Submodules" msgstr "" @@ -2936,122 +2936,154 @@ msgid "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their s msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:221 -msgid "Custom domains" +msgid "GitHub commit statuses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:223 -msgid "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab `." +msgid "This option enables Odoo.sh to push commit statuses to your GitHub repository when a build is created or updated. It requires a GitHub token with permissions to push commit statuses to the repository. Refer to `GitHub's documentation on personal access tokens `_ for instructions to create yours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 -msgid "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +msgid "GitHub's **fine-grained personal tokens** have an expiration date and will be disabled if they fail to update the commit status. You can replace the token at any time on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:232 +msgid "The commit statuses pushed to GitHub can have the following contexts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (dev)`: status of a development build" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:235 -msgid "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (staging)`: status of a staging build" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:242 -msgid "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions of this private repository." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (production)`: status of a production build" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 -msgid "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (test_ci)`: testing the token from the Settings page will push a test status on the last commit of your repository" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:249 -msgid "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*," +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:241 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:243 +msgid "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:251 -msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:252 -msgid "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even your own self-hosted server" +msgid "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:255 -msgid "copy the public key," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:257 -msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:259 -msgid "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst the deploy keys." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:261 -msgid "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgid "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:262 -msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:263 -msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:264 -msgid "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory" +msgid "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:267 -msgid "Storage Size" +msgid "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:269 -msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgid "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:274 -msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:271 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:276 -msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:272 +msgid "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:278 -msgid "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory..." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:275 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:277 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:279 +msgid "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst the deploy keys." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:281 -msgid "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu `_ in your Web Shell." +msgid "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:282 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:283 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:284 -msgid "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgid "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:288 -msgid "Database Workers" +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:287 +msgid "Storage Size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:290 -msgid "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:289 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:294 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:296 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:298 -msgid "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here `_." +msgid "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:301 +msgid "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu `_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:304 +msgid "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:308 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:310 +msgid "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:318 +msgid "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:324 msgid "Staging Branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:306 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:326 msgid "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:313 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:333 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:315 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:335 msgid "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's activation code if needed." msgstr "" @@ -3143,11 +3175,11 @@ msgid "As the update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription vali msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:64 -msgid "`services.odoo.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" +msgid "Odoo 18.0 and above: `services.odoo.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:65 -msgid "for older deployments, `services.openerp.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" +msgid "Odoo 17.0 and below: `services.openerp.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:67 diff --git a/locale/sources/essentials.pot b/locale/sources/essentials.pot index d1a74300f..7062c5830 100644 --- a/locale/sources/essentials.pot +++ b/locale/sources/essentials.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:7 -msgid "The *Contacts* application comes installed on all Odoo databases. Contacts are created for customers the company does business with through Odoo. A contact is a repository of vital business information, facilitating communication and business transactions." +msgid "Contacts are created in the **Contacts** application for customers the company does business with through Odoo. A contact is a repository of vital business information, facilitating communication and business transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/essentials/contacts.rst:12 diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 48a93378c..702879216 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ msgid "The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:88 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:367 msgid "Partner" msgstr "" @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:749 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:883 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:701 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:906 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 @@ -488,7 +488,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1267,6 +1266,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:3 +msgid "Loans management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's loan management gives a comprehensive list of all loans undertaken by your company in order to maintain a holistic and forecasted view of upcoming due dates (e.g., cash forecast). Set up amortization schedules—or import them—and let Odoo automatically handle monthly interest and principal adjustments so that your financial reports are always accurate with minimal effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:11 +msgid "Create a new loan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new loan by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Loans`. When creating a new loan, there are three options for how to create amortization schedules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:16 +msgid "importing it from a supported file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:17 +msgid "calculating it from multiple input values (e.g., the :guilabel:`Amount Borrowed`, the :guilabel:`Duration`, etc.) using the :guilabel:`Compute` button;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:19 +msgid "manually filling in the lines of the schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:21 +msgid "In each case, three different fields are required for each line of the amortization schedule: the :guilabel:`Date`, the :guilabel:`Principal`, and the :guilabel:`Interest`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:24 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Amount Borrowed`, :guilabel:`Interest`, and :guilabel:`Duration` fields will be red if the sum of the lines does not match the total of the amortization schedule lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:28 +msgid "Loan entries mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:30 +msgid "When the amount borrowed is credited to a bank account, it should be transferred to a long-term account (defined in the :guilabel:`Loan Settings` tab). Then, upon the validation of the loan, Odoo creates the necessary journal entries so that there is always a holistic and forecasted view of upcoming due dates. The entire process is completely automated with a long-term and short-term principal reclassification mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:36 +msgid "For each line of the amortization schedule, Odoo creates the following entries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:42 +msgid "A payment entry on the same date that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:39 +msgid "debits the principal amount to the long-term account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:40 +msgid "debits the interest amount to the expense account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:41 +msgid "credits the payment amount to the short-term account: this is the amount that will be withdrawn by the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:46 +msgid "A reclassification entry on the same date that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:45 +msgid "debits the sum of the principal amounts of the next 12 months to the long-term account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:46 +msgid "credits the sum of the principal amounts of the next 12 months to the short-term account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:48 +msgid "A reversed entry of the reclassification entry on *the next day* that simply reverses the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:51 +msgid "With this mechanism, month after month, the short-term account is always up to date with the current short-term due amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:55 +msgid "Closing a loan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:57 +msgid "By default, a loan will be closed whenever its last payment entry is posted. However, it can also be manually closed (e.g., because it is being paid off early) by clicking on the :guilabel:`Close` button. A wizard will appear asking from which date the loan should be closed. All draft entries after this date will be deleted too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:62 +msgid "A loan can also be cancelled. In that case, all entries will be deleted even if they were already posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:66 +msgid "Loans Analysis Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:68 +msgid "By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Loans Analysis`, you can access a report with a pivot view of your ongoing loans. By default, the report shows the principal, interest, and total payment for each year for the loan duration." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:54 msgid "Bank reconciliation" @@ -1683,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:433 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:365 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:314 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:260 @@ -1869,14 +1972,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:293 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 @@ -2522,74 +2625,77 @@ msgid "The deferral entries are posted in this journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:36 -msgid "Deferred Expense Account" +msgid "Deferred Revenue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Expenses are deferred on this Current Asset account until they are recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:38 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:39 msgid "Revenues are deferred on this Current Liability account until they are recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:41 msgid "Generate Entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:39 msgid "By default, Odoo :ref:`automatically generates ` the deferral entries when you post a customer invoice. However, you can also choose to :ref:`generate them manually ` by selecting the :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped` option instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Amount Computation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "Based on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "Suppose an invoice of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:46 -msgid "Suppose an invoice of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months. The :guilabel:`Equal per month` computation accounts for $100 each month, while the :guilabel:`Based on days` computation accounts for different amounts depending on the number of days in each month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Months` option accounts for $100 each month prorated to the number of days in that month (e.g., $50 for the first month if the :guilabel:`Start Date` is set to the 15th of the month)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "Generate deferral entries on validation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:50 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Full Months` option considers each month started to be full (e.g., $100 for the first month even if the :guilabel:`Start Date` is set to the 15th of the month); this means that with the :guilabel:`Full Months` option, a full $100 is recognized in the first partial month, eliminating the need for a 13th month to recognize any remainder as would be the case when using the :guilabel:`Months` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:56 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Days` option accounts for different amounts depending on the number of days in each month (e.g., ~$102 for January and ~$92 for February)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:62 +msgid "Generate deferral entries on validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 msgid "Make sure the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` fields are visible in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. In most cases, the :guilabel:`Start Date` should be in the same month as the :guilabel:`Invoice Date`. Deferred revenue entries are posted from the invoice date and are displayed in the report accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "For each line of the invoice that should be deferred, specify the start and end dates of the deferral period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the **Settings** is set to :guilabel:`On invoice/bill validation`, Odoo automatically generates the deferral entries when the invoice is validated. Click the :guilabel:`Deferred Entries` smart button to see them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:77 msgid "One entry, dated on the same day as the invoice's accounting date, moves the invoice amounts from the income account to the deferred account. The other entries are deferral entries which, month after month, move the invoice amounts from the deferred account to the income account to recognize the revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:83 msgid "You can defer a January invoice of $1200 over 12 months by specifying a start date of 01/01/2023 and an end date of 12/31/2023. At the end of August, $800 is recognized as an income, whereas $400 remains on the deferred account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "The deferred revenue report computes an overview of the necessary deferral entries for each account. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:93 msgid "To view the journal items of each account, click on the account name and then :guilabel:`Journal Items`." msgstr "" @@ -2597,192 +2703,192 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Deferred revenue report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 msgid "Only invoices whose accounting date is before the end of the period of the report are taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:106 msgid "Generate grouped deferral entries manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:108 msgid "If you have a lot of deferred revenues and wish to reduce the number of journal entries created, you can generate deferral entries manually. To do so, set the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the **Settings** to :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped`. Odoo then aggregates the deferred amounts in a single entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 msgid "At the end of each month, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue` and click the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button. This generates two deferral entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 msgid "One dated at the end of the month which aggregates, for each account, all the deferred amounts of that month. This means that a part of the deferred revenue is recognized at the end of that period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:119 msgid "The reversal of this created entry, dated on the following day (i.e., the first day of the next month) to cancel the previous entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 msgid "There are two invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Invoice A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 msgid "Invoice B: $600 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "In January" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "At the end of January, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:124 -msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 31st January:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 -msgid "Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 -msgid "Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 150 = **1650** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st February, the reversal of the previous entry:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:133 -msgid "Line 1: Expense account **1800**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -msgid "Line 2: Deferred account **-150**" +msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 31st January:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 -msgid "Line 3: Expense account **-1650**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +msgid "Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:148 -msgid "In February" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:135 +msgid "Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:137 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:138 -msgid "At the end of February, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 150 = **1650** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:141 -msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 28th February:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:140 +msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st February, the reversal of the previous entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Line 1: Expense account **1800**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:143 +msgid "Line 2: Deferred account **-150**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:143 -msgid "Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:145 -msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 300 = **1500** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:148 -msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st March, the reversal of the previous entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:151 -msgid "From March to October" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:151 -msgid "The same computation is done for each month until October." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:164 -msgid "In November" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:154 -msgid "At the end of November, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "Line 3: Expense account **-1650**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 30th November:" +msgid "In February" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:147 +msgid "At the end of February, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 28th February:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:152 +msgid "Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:154 +msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 300 = **1500** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st March, the reversal of the previous entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:159 -msgid "Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "From March to October" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:161 -msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 1650 = **150** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "The same computation is done for each month until October." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:164 -msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st December, the reversal of the previous entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +msgid "In November" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:163 +msgid "At the end of November, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:166 +msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 30th November:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 -msgid "In December" +msgid "Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 -msgid "There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for December, we have an amount of 0 to be deferred." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 1650 = **150** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st December, the reversal of the previous entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +msgid "In December" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +msgid "There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for December, we have an amount of 0 to be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:186 msgid "In total" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:180 msgid "If we aggregate everything, we would have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:182 msgid "invoice A and invoice B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:183 msgid "two entries (one for the deferral and one for the reversal) for each month from January to November" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:186 msgid "Therefore, at the end of December, invoices A and B are fully recognized as income only once in spite of all the created entries thanks to the reversal mechanism." msgstr "" @@ -3868,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid "Product Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "1000" msgstr "" @@ -4945,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 @@ -5042,7 +5148,7 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "" @@ -5657,11 +5763,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:108 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:342 msgid "Journals" msgstr "" @@ -7036,10 +7142,10 @@ msgid "Annotate reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:27 -msgid "To export reports in PDF or XLSX format, click :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." +msgid "To export reports in PDF or XLSX format, click :guilabel:`PDF` at the top or click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` (:guilabel:`down arrow`) icon next to the :guilabel:`PDF` button and select :guilabel:`XLSX`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:31 msgid "To compare values across periods, click the :guilabel:`Comparison` menu and select the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" @@ -7047,132 +7153,132 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:42 msgid "The :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:48 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:50 msgid "The :guilabel:`Profit and Loss` report (or **Income Statement**) shows your company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:56 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 msgid "The :guilabel:`Executive Summary` provides an overview of all the important figures for overseeing your company's performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:61 msgid "It includes the following items:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Performance`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Gross profit margin`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:65 msgid "The contribution of all sales your business makes **minus** any direct costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Net profit margin`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has (electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Return on investment (per annum)`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "The ratio of the net profit to the amount of assets the company used to make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Position`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Average debtors days`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Average creditors days`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Short-term cash forecast`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 msgid "How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Current assets to liabilities`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 msgid "Also referred to as the **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets (:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:92 msgid "General Ledger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:94 msgid "The :guilabel:`General Ledger` report shows all transactions from all accounts for a selected date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each account. To expand an account and view its details, click the :icon:`fa-caret-right` (:guilabel:`right arrow`) on the left. This report is useful for reviewing each transaction that occurred during a specific period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:102 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:104 msgid "The :guilabel:`Aged Receivable` report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:110 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Aged Payable` report displays information on individual bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone unpaid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:118 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:120 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cash Flow Statement` shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:129 msgid "The :guilabel:`Tax Report` shows the :guilabel:`NET` and :guilabel:`TAX` amounts for all the taxes grouped by type (:guilabel:`Sales`/:guilabel:`Purchases`)." msgstr "" @@ -8754,7 +8860,7 @@ msgid "The **tax name** is displayed for backend users in the :guilabel:`Taxes` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:387 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -9198,7 +9304,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:12 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" @@ -9516,6 +9621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -9541,6 +9647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -9569,6 +9676,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -10895,7 +11003,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:571 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:699 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:768 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -11382,35 +11490,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses by spreading them across multiple entries that are posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:36 +msgid "Deferred Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Expenses are deferred on this Current Asset account until they are recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:39 msgid "By default, Odoo :ref:`automatically generates ` the deferral entries when you post a vendor bill. However, you can also choose to :ref:`generate them manually ` by selecting the :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped` option instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "Suppose a bill of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months. The :guilabel:`Equal per month` computation recognizes $100 each month, while the :guilabel:`Based on days` computation recognizes different amounts depending on the number of days in each month." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:44 +msgid "Suppose a bill of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:65 msgid "Make sure the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` fields are visible in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. In most cases, the :guilabel:`Start Date` should be in the same month as the :guilabel:`Bill Date`. Deferred expense entries are posted from the bill date and are displayed in the report accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:70 msgid "For each line of the bill that should be deferred, specify the start and end dates of the deferral period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:73 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field is set to :guilabel:`On invoice/bill validation`, Odoo automatically generates the deferral entries when the bill is validated. Click on the :guilabel:`Deferred Entries` smart button to see them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 msgid "One entry, dated on the same day as the bill's accounting date, moves the bill amounts from the expense account to the deferred account. The other entries are deferral entries which will, month after month, move the bill amounts from the deferred account to the expense account to recognize the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:83 msgid "You can defer a January bill of $1200 over 12 months by specifying a start date of 01/01/2023 and an end date of 12/31/2023. At the end of August, $800 is recognized as an expense, whereas $400 remains on the deferred account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:90 msgid "The deferred expense report computes an overview of the necessary deferral entries for each account. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Expense`." msgstr "" @@ -11418,57 +11534,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Deferred expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:100 msgid "Only bills whose accounting date is before the end of the period of the report are taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:113 msgid "At the end of each month, go to the Deferred Expenses report and click the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button. This generates two deferral entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "One dated at the end of the month which aggregates, for each account, all the deferred amounts of that month. This means that at the end of that period, a part of the deferred expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:124 msgid "There are two bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Bill A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:127 msgid "Bill B: $600 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 msgid "Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both bills)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:136 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:153 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:169 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 msgid "There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for December, we will have an amount of 0 to be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:182 msgid "bill A and bill B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:186 msgid "Therefore, at the end of December, bills A and B are fully recognized as expense only once in spite of all the created entries thanks to the reversal mechanism." msgstr "" @@ -13042,7 +13158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -13080,7 +13196,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -13392,7 +13508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:332 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -13798,11 +13914,11 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the defa msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid ":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be posted;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not valid, it only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be posted;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:624 -msgid ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgid ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done, and it does not allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 @@ -14167,14 +14283,14 @@ msgid "Since an online payment needs to be confirmed for the :guilabel:`Automati msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:268 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:798 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:808 msgid "Products" msgstr "" @@ -14183,7 +14299,7 @@ msgid "To allow your products to be invoiced when an online payment is confirmed msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:931 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:920 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:932 msgid "Invoicing flow for eCommerce" msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +15780,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -16569,7 +16685,7 @@ msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, confi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1095 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 @@ -16578,7 +16694,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" @@ -16587,17 +16703,17 @@ msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" @@ -16614,7 +16730,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 @@ -16652,12 +16768,12 @@ msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:348 msgid "Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:351 msgid ":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" @@ -16701,31 +16817,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "On creation, new databases receive 500 free credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:142 msgid "Credential configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:144 msgid "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:150 msgid "When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 msgid "There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for production:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:157 msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 msgid "When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` when you create the account from Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -16733,27 +16853,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transfer API Credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 msgid "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:171 msgid "Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account, and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 msgid "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:177 msgid "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. However, in order to use the electronic invoice service, you **must** access the AvaTax portal and upload your certificate there." msgstr "" @@ -16761,48 +16881,48 @@ msgstr "" msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 msgid "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:189 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:191 msgid "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:194 msgid "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters - with the CNPJ number, and the identification number (CNPJ) in Odoo matches with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:199 msgid "To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 msgid "If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be done in the city portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:211 msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 msgid "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:224 msgid "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales journal from the :guilabel:`Series` field. If more than one series is needed, then a new sales journal will need to be created and a new series number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 msgid "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects the document type used when creating the invoice. The :guilabel:`Type` field will only be displayed if the :guilabel:`Use Documents` field is selected on the journal." msgstr "" @@ -16810,57 +16930,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 msgid "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit notes, and debit notes are shared per series number, which means per journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 msgid "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:248 msgid "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 msgid "If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 msgid "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the :guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:263 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:270 msgid "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 msgid ":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 msgid ":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this product" msgstr "" @@ -16868,27 +16988,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 msgid "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and `Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: :guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` `Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 msgid ":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:301 msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:640 @@ -16897,31 +17017,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 msgid "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" @@ -16929,27 +17049,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 msgid "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to `Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:336 msgid "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:338 msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:341 msgid ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:343 msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the contact" msgstr "" @@ -16957,15 +17077,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 msgid "Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:353 msgid ":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:355 msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" msgstr "" @@ -16973,16 +17093,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:132 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 msgid "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:369 msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact ` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" @@ -16990,136 +17110,136 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:357 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:304 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:252 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:378 msgid "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls `_ for tax computation, along with instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:383 msgid "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 msgid "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 -msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 -msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 -msgid "**Preview**" +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 -msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:402 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the |API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:408 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:410 msgid "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:418 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:418 msgid "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:421 msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping (Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 msgid "To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:442 msgid "Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:448 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:451 msgid "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:456 msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -17131,11 +17251,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 msgid "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the first invoice, the field :guilabel:`Document Number` is displayed, allocated as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:594 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:370 @@ -17143,56 +17263,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 msgid "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:477 msgid "Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:480 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:607 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:485 msgid "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:489 msgid "Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:491 msgid "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, products **cannot** be added to the debit note. The purpose of this document is only to declare the amount that you want to add to the original invoice for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:497 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:500 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:502 msgid "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:505 msgid "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:509 msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:511 msgid "Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" @@ -17200,27 +17320,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:519 msgid "This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one |IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:523 msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:525 msgid "Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:531 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:533 msgid "A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:536 msgid "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send this correction reason to a customer via email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" @@ -17228,15 +17348,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:544 msgid "Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:547 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:549 msgid "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used in the future. To do so, navigate to the journal, and click the :menuselection:`⚙️ (gear) icon --> Invalidate Number Range (BR)`. On the :guilabel:`Invalidate Number Range (BR)` wizard, add the :guilabel:`Initial Number` and :guilabel:`End Number` of the range that should be cancelled, and enter an invalidation :guilabel:`Reason`." msgstr "" @@ -17248,35 +17368,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:563 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:567 msgid "The log of the cancelled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:573 msgid "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together with the same Brazilian specific information that is recorded on the :ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:577 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid ":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:583 msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the transportation." msgstr "" @@ -17547,7 +17667,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Alberta (AB)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:142 -msgid ":guilabel:`British Colombia (BC)`" +msgid ":guilabel:`British Columbia (BC)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:143 @@ -17850,6 +17970,7 @@ msgid "`Chilean localization smart tutorial `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgid "**GoBD** stands for *Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff*. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:179 msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:186 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:189 msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:193 -msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:192 +msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:196 msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:201 msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:204 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:211 msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:217 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:219 msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:223 msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:226 msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:230 msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:232 msgid "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:236 msgid "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:240 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:242 msgid "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:248 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:250 msgid "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these objectives:" msgstr "" @@ -22842,51 +22963,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:285 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:287 msgid "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:291 msgid "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:298 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:300 msgid "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:306 msgid "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 -msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:313 +msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:316 msgid "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:319 msgid "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:324 msgid "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google Translate `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:329 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:331 msgid "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" @@ -25146,7 +25267,7 @@ msgid "EDI Send Tax Integration button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" @@ -27502,31 +27623,143 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Peru" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:13 -msgid "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version the next modules are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to utilize all the current features of the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 -msgid "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 -msgid "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications `_, that keeps track of new changes and updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published on the `SUNAT Legislation `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_pe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +msgid "Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements included in this module are the chart of accounts, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:30 -msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "`l10n_pe_edi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:31 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and receive electronic invoices online based on the SUNAT regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 +msgid "`l10n_pe_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:35 +msgid "Includes the following financial reports:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgid "1st set of main financial reports:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:39 +msgid "Registro de Ventas e Ingresos (RVIE) - 14.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:40 +msgid "Registro de Compras Electrónico (RCE) - 8.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:41 +msgid "Registro de Compras Electrónico - Información de Operaciones con Sujetos no Domiciliados (RCE) - 8.5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:44 +msgid "2nd set of financial reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:46 +msgid "PLE 5.1 General Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 +msgid "PLE 5.3 Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:48 +msgid "PLE 6.1 General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:50 +msgid "3rd set of financial reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 +msgid "PLE 1.1 Libro de Caja" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:53 +msgid "PLE 1.2 Libro de Bancos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Note`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_pe_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:57 +msgid "Adds the delivery guide (Guía de Remisión), which is needed as proof that you are sending goods between A and B. It is only when a delivery order is validated that the delivery guide can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian eCommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:61 +msgid "`l10n_pe_website_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:62 +msgid "Enables the identification type in eCommerce checkout forms and the ability to generate electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Point of Sale with PE Doc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 +msgid "`l10n_pe_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:66 +msgid "Enables contact fiscal information to be editable from a PoS Session to generate electronic invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:72 +msgid "The *Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:76 +msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 +msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru (videos for workflows and configurations) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:86 msgid "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI. This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" @@ -27534,615 +27767,625 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:100 msgid "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor Registration):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" +msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:113 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 msgid "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:125 msgid "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the :abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:132 msgid "Accounting Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:134 msgid "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:139 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:141 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:143 msgid "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:145 msgid "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:147 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 msgid "**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:154 msgid "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:165 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:222 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:237 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:162 msgid "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:167 msgid "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "IAP option as signature providers" +msgid "IAP option as signature providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:174 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 msgid "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:180 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:185 msgid "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 msgid "EUR" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:194 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:194 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:198 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:198 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:201 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:204 msgid "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:209 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:213 msgid "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:224 msgid "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:186 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:243 msgid "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital Ceritifcates `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:231 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 msgid "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:247 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:250 msgid "When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:254 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:256 msgid "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:258 msgid "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:262 msgid "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 msgid "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" +msgid "EDI Certificate wizard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 -msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:278 +msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the SUNAT. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" +msgid "SUNAT displayed in Multicurrency Service option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:290 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 msgid "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "List of default taxes" +msgid "List of default taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" +msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 msgid "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:316 msgid "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:318 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:323 msgid "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable;the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:331 msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Document Type list" +msgid "Document Type list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:338 msgid "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta, Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:344 msgid "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:350 msgid "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:355 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 msgid "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Journal EDI field" +msgid "Journal EDI field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:364 msgid "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:370 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:372 msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Partner identification type" +msgid "Partner identification type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 msgid "Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:382 msgid "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "UNSPC Code on products" +msgid "UNSPC Code on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:392 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:395 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:397 msgid "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process <../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:402 msgid "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" +msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:408 msgid "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of Goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" +msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:415 msgid "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" +msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" +msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:433 msgid "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:413 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 msgid "**To be Sent**: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Send EDI manually" +msgid "Send EDI manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:447 msgid "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" +msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:454 msgid "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:458 msgid "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:469 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:471 msgid "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:474 msgid "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly (Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "List of common errors on invoices" +msgid "List of common errors on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:481 msgid "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:487 msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:494 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:496 msgid "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:499 msgid "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" +msgid "Buying credits in the IAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:506 msgid "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:510 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:493 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "Cancellation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:515 msgid "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request Cancellation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" +msgid "Request invoice cancellation button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:527 msgid "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" +msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "nvoice after cancellation" +msgid "Invoice after cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:546 +msgid "Export invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:548 msgid "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:550 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:552 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Exportation invoices main data" +msgid "Exportation invoices main data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:561 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:562 msgid "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:563 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:564 msgid "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:569 msgid "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:571 msgid "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Detraction fields on products" +msgid "Detraction fields on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" @@ -28150,194 +28393,194 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detraction code on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”, a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" +msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:592 msgid "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:595 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Credit Note document type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:588 -msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:592 -msgid "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:597 -msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”." +msgid "Credit Note document type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:600 -msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." +msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:605 -msgid "Electronic delivery guide 2.0" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:604 +msgid "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:607 -msgid "The *Guía de Remisión Electrónica* (GRE) is an electronic document generated by the shipper to support the transportation or transfer of goods from one place to another, such as a warehouse or establishment. In Odoo, there are several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:609 +msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:612 -msgid "The use of the *guía de remisión electrónica* electronic document is mandatory and required by |SUNAT| for taxpayers who need to transfer their products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único simplificado or RUS)." +msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:617 +msgid "Electronic delivery guide 2.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:619 +msgid "The *Guía de Remisión Electrónica* (GRE) is an electronic document generated by the shipper to support the transportation or transfer of goods from one place to another, such as a warehouse or establishment. In Odoo, there are several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:624 +msgid "The use of the *guía de remisión electrónica* electronic document is mandatory and required by |SUNAT| for taxpayers who need to transfer their products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único simplificado or RUS)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:629 msgid "Delivery guide types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:632 msgid "Sender" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:634 msgid "The *Sender* delivery guide type is issued when a sale is made, a service is rendered (including processing), goods are assigned for use, or goods are transferred between premises of the same company and others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:638 msgid "This delivery guide is issued by the owner of the goods (i.e., the sender) at the beginning of the shipment. The sender delivery guide is supported in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:642 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:633 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:754 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:766 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:647 msgid "The *Carrier* delivery guide type justifies the transportation service the driver (or carrier) performs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:650 msgid "This delivery guide is issued by the carrier and must be issued to each shipper when the shipment goes through public transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:654 msgid "The carrier delivery guide is **not** supported in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:657 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión transportista `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:661 msgid "Transportation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:664 msgid "Private" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:666 msgid "The *Private* transportation type option is used when the owner transfers goods using their own vehicles. In this case, a sender's delivery guide must be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:670 msgid "Public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:660 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:672 msgid "The *Public* transportation type option is used when an external carrier moves the goods. In this case, two delivery guides must be issued: the sender's delivery guide and the carrier's delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:677 msgid "Direct submission to SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:679 msgid "The creation of the |GRE| delivery guide in Odoo **must** be sent directly to the |SUNAT|, regardless of the electronic document provider: IAP, Digiflow, or |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:475 msgid "Required information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:685 msgid "Version 2.0 of the electronic delivery guide requires additional information on the general configuration, vehicles, contacts, and products. In the general configuration, it is necessary to add new credentials that you can retrieve from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:690 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:692 msgid "**Both** the sender and the carrier can cancel the electronic waybill as long as the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:695 msgid "The shipment has not been initiated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:696 msgid "If the shipment has been initiated, the receiver **must** be changed before reaching the final destination." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:700 msgid "The |SUNAT| no longer uses the term \"Anula\", but now uses the term \"Dar de baja\" for cancellations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 msgid "Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:706 msgid "The |SUNAT| does not support a test environment. This means that any delivery guides that were generated by mistake **will** be sent to the |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:709 msgid "If, by mistake, the waybill was created in this environment, it is necessary to delete it from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:716 msgid "Electronic sender's |GRE| is currently the only supported type of waybill in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:717 msgid "The delivery guide is dependent on the Odoo *Inventory* app, the :guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` and :guilabel:`l10n_pe` modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:719 msgid "A second user **must** be added for the creation of electronic documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:721 msgid "After following the steps to configure the :ref:`electronic invoicing ` and the :ref:`master data `, :ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:725 msgid "Next, you need to retrieve the *client ID* and *client secret* from |SUNAT|. To do so, follow the `manual de servicios web plataforma nueva GRE `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:730 msgid "In the |SUNAT| portal, it is important to have the correct access rights enabled, as they may differ from the user set for electronic invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:733 msgid "These credentials should be used to configure the delivery guide general settings from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." msgstr "" @@ -28345,42 +28588,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:740 msgid "It is required to follow the format `RUC + UsuarioSol` (e.g., `20557912879SOLUSER`) for the :guilabel:`Guide SOL User` field, depending on the user selected when generating the |GRE| API credentials in the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:745 msgid "Operator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 msgid "The *operator* is the vehicle's driver in cases where the delivery guide is through *private* transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:750 msgid "To create a new operator, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:753 msgid "First, select :guilabel:`Individual` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, add the :guilabel:`Operator License` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:744 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:756 msgid "For the customer address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:746 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:779 msgid ":guilabel:`District`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:748 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID Number`" msgstr "" @@ -28388,19 +28631,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 msgid "The *carrier* is used when the delivery guide is through *public* transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:770 msgid "To create a new carrier, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:773 msgid "First, select :guilabel:`Company` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, add the :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing Entity`, and the :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:777 msgid "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" @@ -28408,43 +28651,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:787 msgid "Vehicles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:789 msgid "To configure the available vehicles, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Vehicles` and fill in the vehicle form with the information needed for the vehicle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:792 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:793 msgid ":guilabel:`License Plate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:794 msgid ":guilabel:`Is M1 or L?`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:795 msgid ":guilabel:`Special Authorization Issuing Entity`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:796 msgid ":guilabel:`Authorization Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:797 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Operator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:786 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:798 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:801 msgid "It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." msgstr "" @@ -28452,39 +28695,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 msgid "To configure the available products, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products` and open the product to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:813 msgid "Make sure that the applicable information in the product form is fully configured. The :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff Item) field needs to be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:805 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:817 msgid "Generating a GRE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:819 msgid "Once the delivery from inventory is created during the sales workflow, make sure you complete the |GRE| fields on the top-right section of the transfer form for the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:822 msgid ":guilabel:`Transport Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:823 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for Transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:824 msgid ":guilabel:`Departure start date`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:826 msgid "It is also required to complete the :guilabel:`Vehicle` and :guilabel:`Operator` fields under the :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:829 msgid "The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." msgstr "" @@ -28492,7 +28735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:835 msgid "Once the transfer form is correctly validated by |SUNAT|, the generated XML file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." msgstr "" @@ -28500,147 +28743,147 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:833 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:845 msgid "`Diferente prefijo para productos (T001 en algunos, T002 en otros)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:847 msgid "At the moment, Odoo does not support the automation of prefixes for products. This can be done manually for each product output. This can also be done for non-storable products. However, keep in mind that there will be no traceability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:838 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:850 msgid "`2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - El dato no cumple con el formato establecido \"Hace falta el campo\" \"Peso\"\" en el producto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:853 msgid "This error occurs when the weight on the product is set as `0.00`. To fix this, you need to cancel the waybill and recreate it. Make sure that you fix the weight on the product before creating the new waybill, or it will result in the same error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:856 msgid "`JSONDecodeError: Expecting value: line 1 column 1 (char 0) when creating a Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:846 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:858 msgid "This error is typically generated due to SOL user issues. Verify the user's connection with the |SUNAT|; the SOL user must be established with the company RUT + user ID. For example `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:861 msgid "`El número de documento relacionado al traslado de mercancía no cumple con el formato establecido: error: documento relacionado`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:864 msgid "The *Related Document Type* and *Related Document Number* fields only apply to invoices and receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:854 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:866 msgid "`400 Client error: Bad Request for URL`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:868 msgid "This error is not solvable from Odoo; it is advised you reach out to the |SUNAT| and verify the user. It may be necessary to create a new user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:871 msgid "`Invalid content was found starting with element 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:861 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:873 msgid "This error occurs when the transfer reason is set as *other*. Please select another option. Following to the official documentation of the |SUNAT|'s waybill guide, the transfer reasons *03 (sale with shipment to third party)* or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty or blank customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:877 msgid "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:879 msgid "For live clients using IAP, no credit is consumed (in theory) because it does not go through the OSE, i.e., these documents are directly sent to the |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:881 msgid "`Errores con formato credenciales GRE 2.0 (traceback error)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:883 msgid "Odoo currently throws an error with a traceback instead of a message that the credentials are not correctly configured in the database. If this occurs on your database, please verify your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:890 msgid "First, :ref:`install ` the **Peruvian eCommerce** (`l10n_pe_website_sale`) module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:892 msgid "The **Peruvian eCommerce** module enables the features and configurations to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:882 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:894 msgid "allow clients to create online accounts for **eCommerce** purposes;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:895 msgid "support required fiscal fields in the **eCommerce** application;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:896 msgid "receive payments for sales orders online;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:885 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:897 msgid "generate electronic documents from the **eCommerce** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:900 msgid "The **Peruvian eCommerce** module is dependent on the previous installation of the **Invoicing** or **Accounting** app, as well as the **Website** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:908 msgid "After configuring the Peruvian :ref:`electronic invoicing ` flow, complete the following configurations for the **eCommerce** flow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:911 msgid ":ref:`Client account registration `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:900 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:912 msgid ":ref:`Automatic invoice `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:913 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/products`: Set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define the desired :guilabel:`Customer taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:915 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:916 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping`: For each shipping method, set the :guilabel:`Provider` field to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Fixed Price` amount greater than `0.00` (not zero), as the shipping method price is added to the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:921 msgid "`Mercado Pago `_ is an online payment provider supported in Odoo that covers several countries, currencies, and payment methods in Latin America." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:911 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:923 msgid "Make sure to define a :guilabel:`Sales Price` on the :guilabel:`Delivery Product` of the shipping method to prevent errors when validating the invoice with |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:925 msgid "To offer free delivery, manually remove the :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, or at least use `$0.01` (one cent) for the invoice to be validated with SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:929 msgid ":doc:`Set up the Mercado Pago payment provider. <../payment_providers/mercado_pago>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:922 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:934 msgid "Once the :ref:`configurations ` are all set, fiscal input fields will be available during the checkout process for signed-in customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:925 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:937 msgid "When customers enter their fiscal data at checkout and complete a successful purchase, the invoice is generated with the corresponding |EDI| elements. The document type (Boleta/Factura) is selected based on their tax ID (RUC/DNI). The invoice must then :ref:`be sent to the OSE and the SUNAT `. By default, all published invoices are sent once a day through a scheduled action, but you can also send each invoice manually if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:931 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:943 msgid "Once the invoice is validated with |SUNAT|, customers can download the :file:`.zip` with the CDR, XML, and PDF files directly from the customer portal by clicking the :guilabel:`Download` button." msgstr "" @@ -31828,11 +32071,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is the one you configured, as Odoo uses this field to generate the Vietnamese QR banking QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:26 msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment providers** that allow your customers to pay online, on their *customer portals*, or on your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments using their favorite payment methods, such as **credit cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:31 msgid "Each payment provider is linked to a list of supported :ref:`payment methods ` that can be (de)activated based on your needs." msgstr "" @@ -31840,149 +32083,150 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Online payment form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:38 msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment provider so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance. No sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference number for the data stored safely in the payment providers' systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:46 msgid "Supported payment providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:48 msgid "To access the supported payment providers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:55 msgid "Online payment providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:63 msgid "Payment flow from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Tokenization `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Manual capture `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`Refunds `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 msgid ":ref:`Express checkout `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:129 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:136 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 msgid "|V|" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:132 msgid "Full and partial" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`Amazon Payment Services `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:141 msgid "The provider's website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:80 msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:131 msgid "Full only" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`Flutterwave `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`Razorpay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`SIPS `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`Xendit `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 msgid "Each provider has its own specific configuration flow, depending on which feature is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:152 msgid "Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:159 msgid "In addition to the regular payment providers that integrate with an API, such as Stripe, PayPal, or Adyen, Odoo bundles the :doc:`Demo payment provider `. This payment provider allows you to test business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:167 msgid "Bank payments" msgstr "" @@ -32002,264 +32246,264 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers can make a bank transfer to register a SEPA Direct Debit mandate and get their bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:179 msgid "Enabling a payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:181 msgid "To add a new payment provider and make its related payment methods available to your customers, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:184 msgid "Go to the payment provider's website, create an account, and make sure you have the API credentials requested for third-party use. These are necessary for Odoo to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:187 msgid "In Odoo, navigate to the :guilabel:`Payment providers` by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:194 msgid "The fields available in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab depend on the payment provider. Refer to the :ref:`related documentation ` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "Once you have enabled the payment provider, it is automatically published on your website. If you wish to unpublish it, click the :guilabel:`Published` button. Customers cannot make payments through an unpublished provider, but they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:205 msgid "Test mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:207 msgid "If you wish to try the payment provider as a test, set the :guilabel:`State` field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`, then enter your provider's test/sandbox credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:212 msgid "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so that it's not visible to visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 msgid "We recommend using the test mode on a duplicate or a test database to avoid potential issues with your invoice numbering." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 msgid "Each payment provider is related to a list of supported payment methods; the methods listed in the :guilabel:`Payment methods` field in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the payment provider form are the ones that have been activated. To activate or deactivate a payment method for a provider, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods`, then click the toggle button of the related method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:230 msgid "Payment methods are displayed on your website based on their sequence order. To reorder them, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods` in the payment provider form, then, in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list, drag and drop the payment methods in the desired order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:235 msgid "Icons and brands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:237 msgid "The icons displayed next to the payment method on your website are either the icons of the brands activated for the payment method or, if there aren't any, the icons of the payment methods themselves. To modify them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, then click on the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "To modify a payment method's icon, hover your mouse over the image in the upper-right corner of the payment method's form and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`pencil`) icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Brands` tab to view the brands that have been activated for the payment method. The brands and their related icons are displayed based on their sequence order; to reorder them, drag and drop them in the desired order. To modify a brand's icon, select the brand, then, in the popup window that opens, hover the mouse over the image in the upper-right corner and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`pencil`) icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:253 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 msgid "To configure payment methods further, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`. Click on the payment method, then activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Click the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab to adapt the features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:262 msgid "Each payment method is preconfigured in a way that aligns with the payment providers' behavior and their integration with Odoo. Any change to this configuration may result in errors and should be tested on a duplicate or test database first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:265 msgid "Modifications to the payment method's configuration only work to the extent of the method's and provider's capabilities. For example, adding :ref:`countries ` for a payment method only supported in one country or enabling :ref:`tokenization ` for a method linked to a provider that does not support it will not produce the intended results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:274 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, customers can save their payment method details for later. To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:281 msgid "In this case, a **payment token** is created in Odoo to be used as a payment method for subsequent payments without the customer having to enter their payment method details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce conversion rate and subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:286 msgid "To add or delete their saved payment method details, customers can click :guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the :ref:`customer portal `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:289 msgid "PCI DSS and Attestation of Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:291 msgid "Odoo is not `PCI `_ DSS-certified because it does not store cardholder data or process payments. Instead, it outsources tokenization and payment to :ref:`external payment providers `, which means that as an Odoo customer, you only need to complete the minimal Self-Assessment Questionnaire (SAQ) with the provider to obtain the Attestation of Compliance (AoC) and achieve PCI compliance. Odoo should not be mentioned as a payment processor or a third-party service provider in the :abbr:`SAQ (Self-Assessment Questionnaire)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:304 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, you can authorize and capture payments in two steps instead of one. To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:309 msgid "When you authorize a payment, the funds are reserved on the customer's payment method but not immediately charged. They are charged when you manually capture the payment later on. You can also void the authorization to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:314 msgid "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:315 msgid "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:317 msgid "Avoid potentially high refund fees for refunded payments: payment providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:319 msgid "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., in case of damages)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:321 msgid "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales order or invoice and click the :guilabel:`Capture Transaction` button. To release the funds, click the :guilabel:`Void Transaction` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount. The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above `. The providers that only support capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:330 msgid "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:339 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:341 msgid "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:346 msgid "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The remaining amount can then optionally be refunded, too. These providers have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above `. The providers that only support refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:350 msgid "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:356 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, you can allow customers to use the :guilabel:`Google Pay` and :guilabel:`Apple Pay` buttons and pay their eCommerce orders in one click. When they use one of these buttons, customers go straight from the cart to the confirmation page without filling out the contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's payment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 msgid "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:368 msgid "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 msgid "Availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "You can adapt the payment provider's availability by specifying the :guilabel:`Maximum amount` allowed and modifying the :guilabel:`Currencies` and :guilabel:`Countries` in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 msgid "To display an availability report for payment providers and payment methods, and to help diagnose potential availability issues on the payment form, enable the :ref:`developer-mode`, then click the :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Choose a payment method` heading on the payment form. The report includes a list of enabled payment providers and payment methods, reasons for any payment providers or methods not being available, if applicable, and a list of supported providers for each payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:388 msgid "Currencies and countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:390 msgid "All payment providers have a different list of available currencies and countries. They serve as a first filter during payment operations, i.e., the payment methods linked to the payment provider are not available for selection if the customer's currency or country is not in the supported list. As there might be errors, updates, and unknowns in the lists of available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:398 msgid ":ref:`Payment methods ` also have their own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter during payment operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 msgid "If the list of supported currencies or countries is empty, it means the list is too long to be displayed, or Odoo does not have information on that payment provider. The payment provider remains available, even though it is possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or currency not be supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:406 msgid "Maximum amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:408 msgid "You can restrict the :guilabel:`Maximum Amount` that can be paid with the selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:412 msgid "This feature is not intended to work on pages that allow the customer to update the payment amount, e.g., the **Donation** snippet and the **Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods <../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:419 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 msgid "A :doc:`payment journal ` must be defined for the payment provider to record the payments on an **outstanding account**. By default, the :guilabel:`Bank` journal is added as the payment journal for all payment providers. To modify it, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and select another :guilabel:`Payment journal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 msgid "The same journal can be used for several payment providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid "Payment journals must only be configured if the :doc:`Invoicing or Accounting app ` is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:435 msgid "From an accounting perspective, there are two types of online payment workflows: the payments that are directly deposited into your bank account and follow the usual :doc:`reconciliation ` workflow, and those coming from third-party :ref:`online payment providers ` and require you to follow another accounting workflow. For these payments, you need to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your accountant for advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:442 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` defined for the :ref:`payment journal ` is used, but you can also specify an :ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" @@ -32267,67 +32511,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:451 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:452 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:453 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:454 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:455 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:456 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:457 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:458 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:460 -msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:459 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:460 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:463 -msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:461 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:462 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/worldline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:463 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/xendit`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:464 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:465 msgid ":doc:`accounting/bank`" msgstr "" @@ -32344,9 +32584,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" msgstr "" @@ -32360,8 +32598,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -32377,7 +32615,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:15 msgid "Credentials tab" msgstr "" @@ -32623,6 +32860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:46 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -33111,135 +33349,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 -msgid "Ogone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:5 -msgid "`Ogone `_, also known as **Ingenico Payment Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved in secure electronic transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:10 -msgid "`Ogone's documentation `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:13 -msgid "The provider Ogone is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`stripe` instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:16 -msgid "Settings in Ogone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:19 -msgid "Create an API user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:21 -msgid "Log into your Ogone account and head to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:23 -msgid "You need to create an **API user** to be used in the creation of transactions from Odoo. While you can use your main account to do so, using an **API user** ensures that if the credentials used in Odoo are leaked, no access to your Ogone configuration is possible. Additionally, passwords for **API users** do not need to be updated regularly, unlike normal users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:28 -msgid "To create an **API user**, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` and click on :guilabel:`New User`. The following fields must be configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:33 -msgid ":guilabel:`UserID`: you can choose anything you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:34 -msgid ":guilabel:`User's Name, E-mail and Timezone`: you can enter the information you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Profile`: should be set to :guilabel:`Admin`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Special user for API`: should be checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:38 -msgid "After the creation of the user, you are required to generate a password. Save the password and **UserID**, as they will be required later on during the setup." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:42 -msgid "If you already have an user set up, make sure it is activated without any error. If not, simply click the :guilabel:`Activate(Errors)` button to reset the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 -msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 -msgid "Ogone must now be configured to accept payments from Odoo. Head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Global Security Parameters`, select :guilabel:`SHA-512` as :guilabel:`Hash Algorithm` and :guilabel:`UTF-8` as :guilabel:`character encoding`. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 -msgid "If you need to use another algorithm, such as `sha-1` or `sha-256`, within Odoo, activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to the **Payment Providers** page in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. Click on :guilabel:`Ogone`, and in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the :guilabel:`Hash function` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 -msgid "You are now required to generate **SHA-IN** passphrases. **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases are used to digitally sign the transaction requests and responses between Odoo and Ogone. By using these secret passphrases and the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 -msgid "Enter the same **SHA-IN** passphrase in both :guilabel:`Checks for e-Commerce & Alias Gateway` and :guilabel:`Checks for DirectLink and Batch (Automatic)`. You can leave the IP address field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:69 -msgid "Your **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases should be different, and between 16 and 32 characters long. Make sure to use the same **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases throughout the entire Ogone configuration, as Odoo only allows a single **SHA-IN** and single **SHA-OUT** passphrase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:73 -msgid "In order to retrieve the **SHA-OUT** key, log into your Ogone account, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your **API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you’ll not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:78 -msgid "When done, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction Feedback` and check the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:81 -msgid "The :guilabel:`URL` fields for :guilabel:`HTTP redirection in the browser` can be left empty, as Odoo will specify these URLs for every transaction request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:83 -msgid ":guilabel:`I would like to receive transaction feedback parameters on the redirection URLs`: should be checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:85 -msgid ":guilabel:`Direct HTTP server-to-server request`: should to be set to `Online but switch to a deferred request when the online request fails`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:87 -msgid "Both **URL** fields should contain the same following URL, with `` replaced by your database: `https:///payment/ogone/return`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:90 -msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic eCommerce Parameters` should contain the following values: `ALIAS`, `AMOUNT`, `CARDNO`, `CN`, `CURRENCY`, `IP`, `NCERROR` `ORDERID`, `PAYID`, `PM`, `STATUS`, `TRXDATE`. Other parameters can be included (if you have another integration with Ogone that requires them), but are not advised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:94 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`All transaction submission modes` section, fill out **SHA-OUT** passphrase and disable `HTTP request for status change`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:97 -msgid "To allow your customers to save their credit card credentials for future use, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Alias --> My alias information`. From this tab, you can configure how the user can have its card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to save the card information should be displayed, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:105 -msgid "To set up Ogone in Odoo, head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` and open the Ogone provider. In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, enter the **PSPID** of your Ogone account, and fill out the other fields as configured in your :ref:`Ogone portal `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "PayPal" msgstr "" @@ -33324,6 +33433,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account `, then follow this `link `_ to configure the encoding format in a test environment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:55 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:88 msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" msgstr "" @@ -33424,42 +33538,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll automatically be **voided**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:3 -msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:5 -msgid "`SIPS `_ is an online payments solution from the multinational Worldline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:17 -msgid "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which comprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:19 -msgid "**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with SIPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:20 -msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:21 -msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:22 -msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:24 -msgid "You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation, in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:28 -msgid "If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than on your main database." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" @@ -33695,6 +33773,94 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Worldline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "`Worldline `_ is a France-based company and the world's fourth largest payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Settings in Worldline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:14 +msgid "Create an API user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:16 +msgid "It is recommended to set up an **API user** to create transactions from Odoo to ensure that your Worldline configuration remains safe even if credentials are compromised. Additionally, API users do not require frequent password updates like regular accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:20 +msgid "To create an **API user**, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Log into your `Worldline Merchant Portal `_, click the :icon:`fa-th` (:guilabel:`menu`) icon, and select :guilabel:`Back Office`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` and click on :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:27 +msgid "Specify a :guilabel:`UserID`, :guilabel:`User's name`, :guilabel:`E-mail address`, and :guilabel:`Timezone` of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:29 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Profile` field to :guilabel:`Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:30 +msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Special user for API`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:33 +msgid "If you have already set up a user, make sure it is activated without any error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:38 +msgid "Set up Worldline for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:40 +msgid "Worldline must now be configured to accept payments from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:42 +msgid "From your merchant portal, go to :menuselection:`Developer --> Payment API` and click on :guilabel:`Generate API key`. Copy the :guilabel:`API key ID` and the :guilabel:`Secret API key` and save them for :ref:`later `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:45 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Developer --> Webhooks` and click on :guilabel:`Generate webhook keys`. Copy the :guilabel:`Webhook ID` and the associated :guilabel:`Secret webhook key` and save them for :ref:`later `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add webhook endpoint`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by `/payment/worldline/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Endpoint url` field, and :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/worldline/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:57 +msgid "To set up Worldline in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:59 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Worldline ` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:61 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, enter the :guilabel:`PSPID` of your Worldline account and fill in the :guilabel:`API Key`, :guilabel:`API Secret`, :guilabel:`Webhook Key`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you saved at the step :ref:`Set up Worldline for Odoo `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:3 msgid "Xendit" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index ccb455730..dea5fd2c9 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgid "`Squarespace DNS records `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 @@ -4985,7 +4985,7 @@ msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgid "Epson receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:104 diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index 7542ba581..38df7f98d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ msgid "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:190 msgid "Filters" msgstr "" @@ -3864,6 +3864,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The order of the list does not affect the database in any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the vehicle can carry." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:196 +msgid "When used with the **Inventory** app, the :guilabel:`Max Weight` and :guilabel:`Max Volume` fields track a vehicle's capacity. This helps manage in-house deliveries by :doc:`showing how much space and weight remain for loading products <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:-1 msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." msgstr "" @@ -7565,6 +7569,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:966 +msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entry_analysis`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:967 +msgid ":doc:`payroll/salary_attachment`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, working hours, and any other details about their position." msgstr "" @@ -8751,7 +8763,6 @@ msgid "To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:225 msgid "To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` button, represented by a :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow above a horizontal bar)` icon, located at the far-right of the available icons. The information is then downloaded into a spreadsheet." msgstr "" @@ -8768,106 +8779,22 @@ msgid "The view of data sent to a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:181 -msgid "If the *Documents* app is **not** installed, the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option places the newly-created spreadsheet in the *Dashboards* app." +msgid "If the **Documents** app is **not** installed, the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option places the newly-created spreadsheet in the **Dashboards** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 -msgid "If the *Documents* application **is** installed, the spreadsheet has the option to be stored in either the *Dashboards* app or *Documents* app." +msgid "If the **Documents** application *is* installed, the spreadsheet has the option to be stored in either the **Dashboards** app or **Documents** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 -msgid "Work entry analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:190 -msgid "The default :guilabel:`Work entry analysis` report provides an overview of the validated work entries for the current month. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 -msgid "The work entries appear in a pivot table, with the default filters of `Current month: (Month)(Year)` and `Validated`. The various types of :doc:`work_entries` are listed on the left-hand side (x-axis), while the :guilabel:`Total` values appear along the top (the y-axis)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:198 -msgid "To change the displayed view, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next to the word :guilabel:`Total`, then click on one of the grouping options. The available options are :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Department`. If in a multi-company database, a :guilabel:`Company` option also appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:203 -msgid "To add a new group to sort the data, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, then click one of the presented options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 -msgid "Wherever a :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon appears on a pivot table, the information can be further grouped. Click on a :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon to reveal the available grouping options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:210 -msgid "Click on a :guilabel:`➖ (minus)` icon anywhere on the pivot table to remove that respective grouping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:213 -msgid "It is possible to compare the current :guilabel:`Work entry analysis` report to the previous month or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to reveal the various :ref:`filter ` and grouping options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:217 -msgid "In the section titled :guilabel:`Comparison`, click on either :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Year`. The report updates and displays the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "A pivot table comparing the work entries of the current month and the previous month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:229 -msgid "The data can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a :guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your (type of report)` pop-up window appears, asking which spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or dashboard, or select a new :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to move to a spreadsheet view with the report added to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:236 -msgid "The work entry analysis spreadsheet is :ref:`stored in the same locations ` as a pivot table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:240 -msgid "Salary attachment report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:242 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` shows all deductions or allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Salary Attachment Report`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:250 -msgid "The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different deductions are listed in the top row, organized by deduction and monthly individual payslips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:253 -msgid "The report can be exported as an XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, using the corresponding buttons at the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:256 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal the options of what data can be displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count` can all be selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a checkmark next to it, that information is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the options to be displayed in the Salary Attachment Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:265 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` can be compared to the report for the previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to reveal the various :ref:`filter ` and grouping options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:269 -msgid "In the section titled :guilabel:`Comparison`, click on either :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Year`. The report updates and displays the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "At the top of each report, the default filters are shown inside the :guilabel:`Search...` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to display the available :guilabel:`Filters`. Filters show information that match the specific filter parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:198 msgid "The :guilabel:`Work Entries Analysis` report has two default filters, the `Current month:(Month) (Year)` filter, and the `Validated` filter." msgstr "" @@ -8875,38 +8802,106 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filters enabled for the Work Entries Analysis report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:205 msgid "The :guilabel:`Payroll` report has only one default filter, the `Last 365 Days Payslip` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` has only one default filter, the `Payslip End Date: (Year)` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:210 msgid "All reports can include custom filters, or group information, by different metrics (employee, department, company, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:213 msgid "Some reports have the option to compare the current report to the previous time period or year (a :guilabel:`Comparison` option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 msgid "Click on a parameter to select it and activate it. The report is immediately updated with the new parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:219 msgid "The updated report can be set as a *favorite* report, meaning the parameters are stored for quick access in the future. To do that, click :guilabel:`Save the current search`, under the :guilabel:`Favorites` section, located in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options. Doing so reveals two options and a :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:224 msgid "To set the current report as the default configuration when the report is accessed, check the box next to :guilabel:`Default filter`. If the current report should be accessible to everyone in the database, check the box next to :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:228 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`, which saves the currently configured report. Then, it appears beneath the :guilabel:`Favorites` in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:3 +msgid "Salary attachment report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:5 +msgid "*Salary attachments* in Odoo refer to a portion of an employee's earnings that are designated for a specific purpose, both voluntary and involuntary. These can include contributions to a retirement plan, repayment of a loan, wage garnishments, or child support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:9 +msgid "Voluntary salary attachments, such as repaying a loan, or contributing to a charity on a monthly basis, are considered *Assignments of Salary* in Odoo. Salary attachments that are required, such as a lawsuit settlement repayment, or repaying a tax lien, are considered *Attachments of Salary* in Odoo. Child support payments have their own category, and are simply referred to as *Child Support* in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:15 +msgid "To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Salary Attachment Report`. The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` shows all deductions or allocations per employee, organized by payslip, in a default pivot table. The default filter is the end of the current year (:guilabel:`Payslip End Date: (year)`). The employees populate the rows, while the various deductions populate the columns, organized by type of deduction, and further grouped by individual payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:22 +msgid "The default report contains **all** payslips for the current year, so the report typically contains a large number of columns. This could make it difficult to view all the data at once, as the report may be very wide and require scrolling to view all the data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:26 +msgid "To view a condensed version of salary attachments, and have all the salary attachment columns visible on one page, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` icon at the top of the report, above the various payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:30 +msgid "This presents the salary attachments for the current year, and only displays three columns, :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, :guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`Child Support.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:33 +msgid "Each entry displays the total amount paid for each specific type of salary attachment, for each employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:-1 +msgid "The Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments in a condensed view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:39 +msgid "The report can be downloaded as an XLSX file, or :doc:`inserted into a spreadsheet <../../productivity/spreadsheet/insert>` using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:42 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal the options of what data is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of salary`, and :guilabel:`Child support` are all selected and visible, by default, while the :guilabel:`Count` option is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:46 +msgid "Click an option to either show or hide that particular metric. A :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon indicates the data is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:50 +msgid "Compare to previous year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` can be compared to the report for the previous time period or the previous year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:55 +msgid "To view these comparisons, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, then click either :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Year`, beneath the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:59 +msgid "The report updates and displays the current time period values, and the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two, in a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:-1 +msgid "The salary attachment report modified to compare to the previous year." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "Work entries are created automatically in the *Payroll* app, based on the employee's :ref:`salary structure type `, and from the *Planning*, *Attendances*, and *Time Off* applications." msgstr "" @@ -8972,7 +8967,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: select the employee the work entry is for, using th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 -msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: select the :ref:`work entry type ` using the drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: select the :ref:`work entry type ` using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:64 @@ -9287,6 +9282,86 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:3 +msgid "Work entry analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:5 +msgid "The default *Work Entries Analysis* report provides an overview of the validated work entries for the current month. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:9 +msgid "The work entries appear in a pivot table, with the default filters of :guilabel:`Current month: (Month)(Year)` and :guilabel:`Validated`. The various types of :doc:`work_entries` populate the rows, while the :guilabel:`Total` values populate the only visible column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:13 +msgid "To change the displayed information, click :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`Total` above the main column, revealing a drop-down menu of available metrics. Click on one of the available groupings, and the data is further organized by that selected metric. The default options are :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Department`. If in a multi-company database, a :guilabel:`Company` option also appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:20 +msgid "Work entry analysis comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:22 +msgid "It is possible to compare the work entries from one time period to a previous time period. To view this comparison, first navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:26 +msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, revealing a drop-down menu. Under the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` section, click on either :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:30 +msgid "The report updates and displays the data for the current time period, data for the selected previous time period, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two, in a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +msgid "A pivot table comparing the work entries of the current month and the previous month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:37 +msgid "If no work entries for a specific :ref:`work entry type ` are logged for the time period, it does **not** appear on the report. That does **not** mean the work entry type does not exist, or is not configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:41 +msgid "Additionally, if the default :guilabel:`Current month: (Month)(Year)` filter is removed from the search bar, the :guilabel:`Comparison` column does **not** appear; there must be a time-frame selected to view the :guilabel:`Comparison` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:46 +msgid "Use case: overtime report comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:48 +msgid "It is possible to alter the *Work Entries Analysis* report to show a comparison of only overtime work entries, grouped by employee, for a specific time period. To view this data, first navigate to the default *Work entry analysis* report by going to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:53 +msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, revealing a drop-down menu. Under the :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, and a :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:57 +msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` for the first field, leave the middle field as-is (with :guilabel:`is in` populating the field), and select :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` for the last field. Click :guilabel:`Add`, and all other work entry types disappear, and :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` appear in the sole row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:62 +msgid "To compare overtime from the current month to the previous month, to see which month had more overtime logged, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon again in the search bar. Under the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` section, click :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period`. Click away from the drop-down menu to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:67 +msgid "Now, the report displays the :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` for the current month and the previous month, along with the :guilabel:`Variation`, in a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:70 +msgid "To view which employees received the most overtime, click :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, revealing a drop-down menu of options. Click :guilabel:`Employee`, and all employees with overtime work entries for either the current or previous month appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:74 +msgid "In this example, it can be determined that :guilabel:`Marc Demo` worked the most overtime in :guilabel:`August 2024`, whereas :guilabel:`Beth Evans` worked the most overtime hours in :guilabel:`September 2024`. Additionally, :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin` had the largest variation change, with a :guilabel:`-100%` change from :guilabel:`August 2024` to :guilabel:`September 2024`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +msgid "A pivot table comparing the overtime from September 2024 with August 2024." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 852180039..5634e69ef 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -250,7 +250,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21 @@ -258,6 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 @@ -267,17 +267,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 @@ -2410,6 +2411,7 @@ msgid "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" @@ -2785,19 +2787,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 msgid "Apply route on packaging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175 msgid "Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178 msgid "In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings `, click the |adjust| icon. Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat these steps for all packaging intended to use the route." msgstr "" @@ -3995,7 +3997,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" @@ -4576,7 +4578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" @@ -4658,233 +4660,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:100 -msgid "Assign serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:5 -msgid "Assigning serial numbers to individual products allows the for tracking of properties, :doc:`expiration dates `, and location throughout the supply chain, which particularly benefits manufacturers providing after-sales services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:10 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:13 -msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers are assigned to products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:15 -msgid "in the :ref:`Detailed Operations page ` on a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:17 -msgid "by clicking the :ref:`Assign Serial Numbers ` button on a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:19 -msgid "in the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`during a manufacturing order <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a product tracked by lot/serial numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:24 -msgid "when making an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 -msgid "Display the Detailed Operations smart button and bulleted list icon on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:32 -msgid "Display the **Detailed Operations** smart button and bulleted list icon on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:37 -msgid "To assign serial numbers to products, activate the :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:40 -msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of an item's product form, set the :guilabel:`Tracking` field to :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:44 -msgid ":ref:`Enable serial numbers `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Track products by serial numbers `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:49 -msgid "Next, enable creating new serial numbers by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:52 -msgid "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or :guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:64 -msgid "Detailed Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:66 -msgid "Serial numbers can be assigned to products when entering stock for the first time, from the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` page on the receipt. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:71 -msgid "Serial numbers can **not** be assigned to products on a request for quotation (RfQ) or purchase order (PO) — **only** on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 -msgid "Show the purchase order and the Receipt smart button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:78 -msgid "Screenshot of a \"Purchase Order\" with the \"Receipt\" smart button at the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:80 -msgid "To record an item's serial number before receiving the item, follow the steps in the next sections to assign serial numbers, but do **not** click the receipt's :guilabel:`Validate` button, until the products are received from the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a single serial number to a product by clicking the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:87 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, manually type in the serial number for a single product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Add a line on the Detailed Operations page to assign serial numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:94 -msgid "When finished, click the receipt's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:102 -msgid "To generate new serial numbers in a sequence, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon in the :ref:`product line `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Show the plus icon in the product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:110 -msgid "If the icon is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:113 -msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Number of SN` field is auto-filled based on the product quantity requiring serial numbers. Manually input the first serial number in the :guilabel:`First SN` field, and click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` to generate a sequence of serial numbers based on the first serial number entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Show Assign Serial numbers pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:125 -msgid "Stock move pop-up window" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:127 -msgid "For various methods of assigning serial numbers in bulk, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :ref:`product line ` of a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:132 -msgid "Add a line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:134 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that appears, manually input the serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Add a line on the Stock move pop-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:142 -msgid "Generate Serials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:144 -msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:-1 -msgid "Show generate serials button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:151 -msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers` pop-up window, where the first serial number is entered in the :guilabel:`First SN` field to generate a sequence of serial numbers, based on the first serial number entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:155 -msgid "For more details on how to fill in this pop-up window, :ref:`refer to this section `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:159 -msgid "Import Serials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:161 -msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:165 -msgid "If the button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` option is selected in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:168 -msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window. Enter each serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:172 -msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from an existing excel spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 -msgid "Show excel sheet to copy serial numbers from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:179 -msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to add serial numbers to the list of products, and serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` table, in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace the serial numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option unchecked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:187 -msgid "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:190 -msgid "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:199 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already been assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn.rst:0 -msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" @@ -5203,6 +4978,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -5228,7 +5007,7 @@ msgid "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabe msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" msgstr "" @@ -5332,6 +5111,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option unticked." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" @@ -5578,7 +5362,6 @@ msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr "" @@ -5603,26 +5386,22 @@ msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`Set up serial numbers `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23 msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25 msgid "To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the intended product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28 msgid "Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column, change the value to zero." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32 msgid "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "" @@ -5630,11 +5409,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40 msgid "Change traceability setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42 msgid "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" @@ -5643,19 +5422,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55 msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57 msgid "After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the :guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` to its original value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5442,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75 msgid "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button on the far-right." msgstr "" @@ -5671,7 +5450,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84 msgid "The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" @@ -5680,82 +5459,130 @@ msgid "Show the history entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgid "Serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 -msgid "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items and products." +msgid "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo, along with :doc:`lots `. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these character types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 -msgid "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual products and their :doc:`expiration dates ` and location throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the event of a recall." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 -msgid "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-sales services to products that they sell and deliver." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23 +msgid "To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting `, and :ref:`serial number usage by operation type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "Traceability setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a desired product to track." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 -msgid "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgid "By operation type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that do not exist in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55 +msgid "To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or :guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 +msgid "Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting ` has been activated, individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:54 -msgid "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to the product by making an inventory adjustment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86 +msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88 +msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90 +msgid "When a product is :ref:`already in stock `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "Via the :ref:`Moves smart button ` on a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92 +msgid "Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`During a manufacturing order <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a product tracked by lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96 +msgid "When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:61 -msgid "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110 msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 -msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-website environment)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 +msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For instance, SKU values may be used here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" @@ -5763,212 +5590,242 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product, and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134 +msgid "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product, and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138 msgid "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 -msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "Create serial numbers to incoming or outgoing products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:99 -msgid "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the sales order form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 -msgid "Assign serial numbers to newly received products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done on the receipt, by clicking the :ref:`Detailed Operations smart button ` or by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`create_sn`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Display the bulleted list icon and Detailed Operations smart buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to received quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a serial number being assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 -msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:127 -msgid "There are multiple ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from a spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:131 -msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:133 -msgid "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of the individual products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 -msgid "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial number in the desired order to be assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:139 -msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:142 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 +msgid "Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 -msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgid "**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 -msgid "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column." +msgid "**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 -msgid "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156 +msgid "Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type ` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161 +msgid "Lots/serial number field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163 +msgid "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 -msgid "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 -msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgid "To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:173 -msgid "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`, and more." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 +msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 -msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`, and more." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177 +msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:185 -msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 +msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:187 -msgid "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the sales order (SO)." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184 +msgid "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:189 -msgid "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 +msgid "Add a line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:195 -msgid "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:197 -msgid "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:201 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 +msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 -msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a `hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202 +msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 -msgid "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgid "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which contains a few fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 +msgid ":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 -msgid "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to generate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:216 -msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 +msgid "The number of serials generated will be reflected in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered or received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 +msgid "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:222 -msgid "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference` receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgid "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the :guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the delivery order or receipt update automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:232 -msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233 +msgid "Import Serials/Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 -msgid "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon **receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235 +msgid "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 -msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgid "If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:243 -msgid "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 +msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:249 -msgid "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245 +msgid "As when :ref:`generating serials `, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250 +msgid "To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 -msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgid "Show import serials pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 -msgid "Serial number traceability" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259 +msgid "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 -msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and who it went to." +msgid "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already been assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 +msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282 +msgid "Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when handling perishable or regulated goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287 +msgid "To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery order `. Then, click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 +msgid "Show the detailed Moves page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297 +msgid "When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 +msgid "Traceability & reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 +msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:308 +msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:310 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 -msgid "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been specifically assigned to them." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:272 -msgid "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:317 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned to the chosen product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:277 -msgid "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:321 +msgid "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 +msgid "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 -msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:334 +msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340 +msgid ":doc:`Reassign `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:342 +msgid "In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347 +msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:348 +msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 @@ -6726,17 +6583,17 @@ msgid "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse st msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" @@ -6749,12 +6606,12 @@ msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the :guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery (WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" @@ -6763,7 +6620,7 @@ msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "" @@ -6772,7 +6629,7 @@ msgid "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer ca msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" @@ -6785,7 +6642,7 @@ msgid "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to v msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" msgstr "" @@ -6913,11 +6770,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" @@ -6925,7 +6782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" @@ -6933,23 +6790,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of all pickings to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to reveal the picking order." msgstr "" @@ -6957,23 +6814,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the previously validated picking." msgstr "" @@ -6981,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" @@ -7601,23 +7458,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7 -msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and made available to the retail channel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on specific conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Routes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*, which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the configured push/pull rules." +msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14 +msgid "Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, :ref:`packagings `, and on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "About routes and terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20 msgid "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations. As the products move through the locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" @@ -7625,7 +7490,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" @@ -7633,7 +7498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" @@ -7641,56 +7506,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55 -msgid "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64 -msgid "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and finally the delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 -msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50 +msgid "Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as they arrive at a specific receiving location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be applied to different products, the user can assign different storage locations for different products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80 -msgid "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 -msgid "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57 +msgid "In a :doc:`one-step receipt route `, which uses one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 -msgid "Use routes and rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 +msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 +msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90 +msgid "For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure rules section `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 +msgid "Pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74 +msgid "Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a :doc:`need to restock <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77 +msgid "Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a :ref:`two-step delivery ` route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from *Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 +msgid "Example pull rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 +msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 @@ -7833,11 +7695,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" @@ -7845,27 +7707,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244 msgid ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -7874,47 +7736,47 @@ msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stoc "zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or :guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The :guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280 msgid "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -7922,7 +7784,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" @@ -7930,7 +7792,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308 msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" @@ -7938,7 +7800,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316 msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" @@ -7946,7 +7808,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -7954,11 +7816,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335 msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" @@ -8037,6 +7899,7 @@ msgid "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Invento msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:231 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" @@ -8045,10 +7908,12 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this fie msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the :guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output location." msgstr "" @@ -8234,7 +8099,7 @@ msgid "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229 -msgid "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for :ref:`product tracking `." +msgid "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for :ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 @@ -10146,7 +10011,7 @@ msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" @@ -10566,6 +10431,347 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is liable to customs or other duties." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3 +msgid "Dispatch management system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5 +msgid "The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build shipments. Key features include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8 +msgid "**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those :doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the capacity of in-house delivery vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17 +msgid "To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Fleet** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20 +msgid "Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22 +msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23 +msgid "Enable :ref:`necessary features ` in the **Inventory** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25 +msgid "Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27 +msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32 +msgid "Vehicle capacity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34 +msgid "To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37 +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and :guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47 +msgid "The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 +msgid "Show units of measure settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54 +msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58 +msgid "Car model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60 +msgid "Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64 +msgid "To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77 +msgid "Inventory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79 +msgid "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable the required features for dispatch management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for delivery trucks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92 +msgid "Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99 +msgid "Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101 +msgid "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111 +msgid "Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the :guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115 +msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge ` on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:119 +msgid "Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to limit the range of local delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:125 +msgid "Delivery method form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:125 +msgid "Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San Francisco's zip code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:130 +msgid "Dock locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:132 +msgid "Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:135 +msgid "Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:141 +msgid "Location configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:141 +msgid "Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:144 +msgid "Build loads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:146 +msgid "Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier ` and :ref:`group them into batches `. Then, :ref:`configure the batch form `, as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:151 +msgid "To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:155 +msgid "Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each picking method in their dedicated articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:160 +msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:166 +msgid "Carrier assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:168 +msgid "Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:173 +msgid "Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, :guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:176 +msgid "Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method `. A :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier is updated for all the selected records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:185 +msgid "Set carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:185 +msgid "The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for two delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:190 +msgid "Create batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:192 +msgid "With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by ticking the checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:195 +msgid "If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a batch transfer here does **not** update it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:198 +msgid "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either :guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:205 +msgid "Example wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:205 +msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:208 +msgid "Alternative batch creation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:210 +msgid "Another place to create batches is by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:215 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for fleet management:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219 +msgid ":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +msgid "Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:229 +msgid "Batch form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:233 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill :guilabel:`Vehicle Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:241 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's capacity limits `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:245 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 +msgid "Show batch form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:251 +msgid "Prepare delivery route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:253 +msgid "To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an individual delivery order pinpoints its location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:257 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the :guilabel:`In progress` status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:262 +msgid "Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a route from the warehouse to the delivery points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 +msgid "Show Google Map route." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3 msgid "FedEx integration" msgstr "" @@ -10825,7 +11031,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." msgstr "" @@ -11651,7 +11857,7 @@ msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" @@ -12389,7 +12595,7 @@ msgid "All" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid ":doc:`DHL Express* `" +msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 @@ -12409,11 +12615,11 @@ msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`EU** `" +msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" +msgid "Bpost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 @@ -12441,54 +12647,54 @@ msgid ":doc:`Starshipit `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 -msgid "Australasia" +msgid "Australia and New Zealand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "\\* Other services from DHL are **not** supported." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 +msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 -msgid "** Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** any European country." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 +msgid "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** any European country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid ":ref:`Activate production environment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12496,107 +12702,103 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:93 -msgid "Delivery method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same :guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 msgid "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as :doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the *Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` fields become available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an :ref:`estimated shipment cost ` on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:126 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate shipping labels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping costs ` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding :guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in transit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields (e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the following documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165 msgid "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:169 msgid "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" @@ -12604,11 +12806,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183 msgid "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and :guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select the desired warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:187 msgid "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" @@ -12616,7 +12818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:194 msgid "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" @@ -12624,15 +12826,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206 msgid "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:209 msgid "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the :guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" @@ -12640,23 +12842,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219 msgid "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method ` in Odoo, create or navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:230 msgid "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" @@ -12664,35 +12866,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:239 msgid "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights ` in the order is used)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:245 msgid "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address ` and the customer's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:250 msgid "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:263 msgid "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:269 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:275 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr "" @@ -12700,39 +12902,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:286 msgid "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:289 msgid "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information ` (e.g., address and phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the shipping provider's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:292 msgid "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:295 msgid "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to :ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299 msgid "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the *debug logs*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303 msgid "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:310 msgid "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that, go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate :guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" @@ -12740,11 +12942,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:319 msgid "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the :guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:325 msgid "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate ` button is clicked on :abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" @@ -12752,7 +12954,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:334 msgid "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" @@ -13260,6 +13462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -14977,15 +15180,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 msgid "Unarchive MTO route" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34 msgid "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" @@ -14993,7 +15196,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" @@ -15001,23 +15204,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory* tab of each product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 msgid "Configure product for MTO" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62 msgid "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66 msgid "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture it)." msgstr "" @@ -15025,79 +15228,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79 msgid "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95 msgid "For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 msgid "Replenish using MTO" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101 msgid "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition to |MTO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105 msgid "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109 msgid "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121 msgid "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a |PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the |PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products into inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129 msgid "Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting the|SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132 msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 msgid "For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following documentation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" msgstr "" @@ -15221,51 +15424,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Route `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110 msgid "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order* route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:114 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be used as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:117 msgid "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the *Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121 msgid "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full overview of the MTO route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 msgid "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a value of `1.00`." msgstr "" @@ -15273,43 +15476,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143 msgid "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the :guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:149 msgid "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the *Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152 msgid "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or manufacturing orders to replenish stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:169 msgid "Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted dates of arrival." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:174 msgid ":doc:`../replenishment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:177 msgid "The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:180 msgid "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" @@ -15317,39 +15520,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:189 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or :guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different types of reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195 msgid "Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or manufacturing orders when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:198 msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:199 msgid "a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the product below the minimum" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:205 msgid "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure :ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:210 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:213 msgid "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" @@ -15357,31 +15560,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:221 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs (Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:247 msgid "If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the :ref:`visibility days ` section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified number of days in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 msgid "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the :guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" @@ -15389,31 +15592,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "Ensure :doc:`lead times ` are understood before proceeding with this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 msgid "When :ref:`manual reordering rules ` are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:272 msgid "A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order (in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the current date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:278 msgid "The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:282 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th." msgstr "" @@ -15421,27 +15624,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290 msgid "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:293 msgid "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:296 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:301 msgid "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:304 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -15449,27 +15652,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:316 msgid "Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:318 msgid "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:322 msgid "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected. To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:326 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:328 msgid "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the :guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:331 msgid "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the preferred route." msgstr "" @@ -15477,238 +15680,204 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:339 msgid "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7 +msgid "When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo :guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 -msgid "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgid "This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two replenishment strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 -msgid "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgid "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52 +msgid "The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on the shop's warehouse configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 -msgid "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66 +msgid "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be transferred between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that sends products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated sections below to continue the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83 +msgid "To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived `, so it appears in the :guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87 +msgid "With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: :ref:`Replenish from another warehouse `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91 +msgid "The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the following routes are selected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 -msgid "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse. The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully tracked in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104 +msgid "Reordering rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 -msgid "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between warehouses." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, `SHOP/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 -msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123 +msgid "A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule ` to replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: Resupply from YourCompany`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the :guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click :guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Show reordering rule configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 -msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 -msgid "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San Francisco 2\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 -msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 -msgid "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` a new one, if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 -msgid "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse that products are transferred from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 -msgid "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several methods, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 -msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse being replenished" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138 +msgid "Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 -msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to take place" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the product will be transferred from" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147 +msgid "Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set on the reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "The form for replenishing a product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Create a quote at the store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-step deliveries and receipts." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155 +msgid "Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 -msgid "Process the delivery order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 -msgid "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the quantities shipped." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162 +msgid "A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse `SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167 +msgid "The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 -msgid "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the quantities received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 -msgid "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the :guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 -msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 -msgid "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of replenishing one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 -msgid "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure the form as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 -msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 -msgid ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be replenished in batches of 20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, length, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 -msgid "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created. Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 -msgid "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the :menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the pop-up that appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 -msgid "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 @@ -18434,7 +18603,7 @@ msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 -msgid "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/create_sn>` to newly manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." +msgid "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 85f43aca8..9946b5fc8 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:172 msgid "List view" msgstr "" @@ -7277,11 +7277,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:46 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:48 msgid "Upon opening the *Surveys* application, Odoo presents the main dashboard of the *Surveys* application, otherwise known as the :guilabel:`Surveys` page." msgstr "" @@ -7289,87 +7289,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Odoo Surveys application dashboard in the default Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:56 msgid "The *Surveys* dashboard can be accessed at any time throughout the application by clicking :menuselection:`Surveys` from the header menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:59 msgid "In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`New` button. When clicked, Odoo presents a blank survey form that can be used to create a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:62 msgid "On the dashboard, all the surveys that have been created in the database are displayed in a default Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:65 msgid "From left-to-right, after the survey name, the user who is responsible for it, and the month it was created, each line on the *Surveys* dashboard shows the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:68 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Questions` in that particular survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Duration` of the survey (how long it typically takes a participant to complete)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:70 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Registered` participants for the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:71 msgid "Number of times that particular survey has been :guilabel:`Completed`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:72 msgid "Percentage and data bar showcasing how many people have :guilabel:`Passed` or become :guilabel:`Certified`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:76 msgid "The :guilabel:`Passed` percentage and bar **only** appears when a *Required Score* has been configured for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:79 msgid "The :guilabel:`Certified` percentage and bar **only** appears if that particular survey has the *Is a Certification* option enabled on the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:82 msgid "If neither :guilabel:`Passed` nor :guilabel:`Certified` appear on the line, that indicates the survey is without a *Required Score* and was not enabled with the *Is a Certification* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:85 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Courses` related to that survey, which **only** appears if more than one course has been created and attached to a single survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:89 msgid "A half-trophy background image behind the survey name indicates that the survey is a *Certification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:92 msgid "To the far-right of those data points on the survey lines, located on the *Surveys* application dashboard, are a collection of buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:95 msgid "Those buttons are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: click to reveal a :guilabel:`Share a Survey` pop-up form that can be used to invite potential participants to the survey - complete with a :guilabel:`Survey Link` that can be copied and sent to potential participants, and a :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle switch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:101 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle is active (green switch), additional fields appear, in which :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Additional Emails`, and a :guilabel:`Subject` can be added to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:105 msgid "Below that, a dynamic email template, complete with a :guilabel:`Start Certification` button appears, which can be modified, as well, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Attachments` can be added to the email, as well as an :guilabel:`Answer deadline` can be set, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:299 msgid "Once modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Send` to send that email invite to all the email addresses/contacts listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" @@ -7379,59 +7379,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The 'Share a Survey' pop-up window in Odoo Surveys with the Send by Email toggled on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:119 msgid "The default :guilabel:`Mail Template` for survey invites can be edited by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email Templates` and searching for `Survey: Invite`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:123 msgid "The :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle switch is **not** present when the survey line has zero questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:126 msgid "The :guilabel:`Survey Link` only appears when the survey's *Access Mode* is set to *Anyone with the link*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:129 msgid "The :guilabel:`Additional Emails` field only appears when the survey's *Require Login* field is **not** active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Test`: click to take a test version of the survey in a new tab, from the point-of-view of a survey participant, in order to check for any errors or inconsistencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`See results`: click to reveal a new tab showcasing detailed metrics and graphical representations of all survey participants, questions, and responses for deeper analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Start Live Session`: click to initiate a *Live session* survey, and reveal a session manager window in a new tab. This button is **not** present for surveys that have enabled the *Is a Certification* option on the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`End Live Session`: click to end a *Live session* survey that has been officially started. This button option **only** appears on survey lines that have previously initiated a live session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:143 msgid "Above the buttons that are located to the far-right of the survey lines, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon appears when the cursor hovers over that particular line. When the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon is clicked, a drop-down menu with some configuration-related options appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:147 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Survey`: when clicked, Odoo reveals the survey form for that particular survey, which can then be modified in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: when clicked, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Share a Survey` pop-up form that can be used to invite potential participants to the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: when clicked, Odoo presents a pop-up window, wherein the user **must** confirm they want to delete the survey entirely, which they can do by clicking the :guilabel:`Delete` button at the bottom of the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:156 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: users can opt to choose a color to add to the survey line on the dashboard for added organizational purposes, if needed." msgstr "" @@ -7439,7 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The three-dot drop-down menu of options that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:163 msgid "Beneath the buttons that are located to the far-right of the survey lines, there is an *Activities* button, represented by a :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon. When clicked, a mini pop-up window appears, from which activities related to that particular survey can be scheduled and customized." msgstr "" @@ -7447,11 +7447,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Schedule Activities drop-down menu that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:174 msgid "The *Surveys* dashboard is shown in the Kanban view, by default, but there is also a list view option available in the upper-right corner, represented by a :guilabel:`≣ (bars)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:177 msgid "When the :guilabel:`≣ (bars)` icon is clicked, the survey related data is displayed in a list view." msgstr "" @@ -7459,43 +7459,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list view option located on the Odoo Surveys application dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:183 msgid "The columns shown on the *Surveys* app dashboard, while in list view, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Title`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Duration`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Registered`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Success Ratio (%)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Avg Score (%)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:193 msgid "Additional columns can be added to the *Surveys* application dashboard, while in list view, by clicking the *additional options* drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles, represented by a :guilabel:`(slider with two dots)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:198 msgid "Activities view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:200 msgid "To have the *Surveys* application dashboard display nothing but the activities associated to the surveys in the database, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon to the far-right of the other view options, located in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" @@ -7503,18 +7503,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The activities view option located on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:208 msgid "Doing so reveals a table with rows and columns. The rows show the different surveys in the database, and the columns depict the various activity types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:212 msgid "A new survey cannot be created in this view, as it is solely for the purpose of creating and viewing scheduled activities." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:218 +msgid "Learn about all the different options and configurations that can be utilized when creating a survey in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:222 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:227 +msgid "Discover how to measure a survey participant's performance, or overall satisfaction, with Odoo's detailed (and fully customizable) survey scoring options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:231 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:64 +msgid "Create questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:236 +msgid "With Odoo *Surveys*, there are many question types and options to choose from, providing the ability to create any kind of unique survey, questionnarire, and/or certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:240 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:3 +msgid "Live Session surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:245 +msgid "The *Live Session* survey option available in Odoo can enhance in-person demonstrations and presentations, where participants' real-time responses can be used to dictate where the conversation goes next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/live_session`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:3 msgid "Survey analysis" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:255 +msgid "Once the surveys start to come in, it is time to analyze the responses from your participants. Fortuantely, the in-depth reporting pages and options available in Odoo *Surveys* provide countless ways to examine everything related to surveys, and their submitted responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:260 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/analysis`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:5 msgid "After surveys have been created and sent to participants, it is only a matter of time before the responses start to come in. When they do, it is important to know where and how to analyze them in the Odoo *Surveys* application." msgstr "" @@ -7806,10 +7868,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "To create a survey in the Odoo *Surveys* application, navigate to :menuselection:`Surveys app --> New` to reveal a blank survey form." msgstr "" @@ -8193,10 +8251,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`questions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:3 -msgid "Live Session surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:5 msgid "With the Odoo *Surveys* application, users can enhance in-person demonstrations and presentations with the *Live Session* feature." msgstr "" @@ -8397,11 +8451,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat this process until the survey is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:64 -msgid "Create questions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo *Surveys*, crafting and tailoring survey questions is crucial for :doc:`creating and customizing surveys <../surveys/create>`." msgstr "" @@ -8751,10 +8800,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Survey text colors are directly linked to the colors used for the :doc:`website theme <../../websites/website/web_design/themes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final score." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index f49e05141..f086ae903 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,6 +24,366 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo **Calendar** is a scheduling app that allows users to integrate a company's business flow into a single management platform. By integrating with the other apps in Odoo's ecosystem, **Calendar** allows users to schedule and organize meetings, schedule events, plan employee appraisals, coordinate projects, and more – all from the same platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:12 +msgid "Upon opening the :menuselection:`Calendar app`, users have an overview of their current meetings. The selected view option appears as a :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` drop-down menu. Under the view options drop-down menu, users can also enable or disable :guilabel:`Show weekends`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +msgid "Overview of Calendar app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:21 +msgid "Depending on the selected view option, users can click the :icon:`oi-arrow-left` :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(left or right arrow)` buttons to switch between days, weeks, etc., and switch back to the current day with the :guilabel:`Today` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:26 +msgid "Sync third-party calendars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:28 +msgid "Users can sync Odoo with existing :doc:`Outlook ` and/or :doc:`Google ` calendars, by heading to :menuselection:`Calendar app --> Configuration --> Settings`. From here, enter :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. There is also an option to pause synchronization by ticking the checkbox, or automating synchronization by keeping it blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:34 +msgid "Once the desired configurations are complete, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save` before moving on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:36 +msgid "Events created in synced calendars automatically appear across the integrated platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`Synchronize Outlook calendar with Odoo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:43 +msgid "Create activities from chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:45 +msgid "Instantly create new meetings anywhere in Odoo through an individual record's chatter, like in a **CRM** opportunity card or task in the **Projects** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:48 +msgid "From the chatter, click on the :guilabel:`Activities` button. In the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, select the desired :guilabel:`Activity Type`, which populates a set of buttons, depending on the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:52 +msgid "Activities that involve other schedules, like :guilabel:`Meeting` or :guilabel:`Call for Demo`, link to the **Calendar** app. Select one of these activities to link to the **Calendar** app, then hit :guilabel:`Open Calendar` to navigate back to the app. Alternatively, it is also possible to :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close out the activity, or select :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to keep the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` window open to create another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Schedule activities in Odoo <../essentials/activities>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:62 +msgid "Plan an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:64 +msgid "To put an event on the calendar, open the :menuselection:`Calendar app`, and click into the target date. On the :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window that appears, start by adding the event title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +msgid "Schedule an event window on Calendar app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:70 +msgid "The target date auto-populates in the :guilabel:`Start` field. This can be changed by clicking into the date section, and selecting a date from the calendar. For multi-day events, select the end date in the second field, then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:74 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`All Day` checkbox if there is no specific start or end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:76 +msgid "For events with specific start and stop times, ensure the :guilabel:`All Day` checkbox is unticked to enable time selection. With the :guilabel:`All Day` checkbox unticked, time selections appear in the :guilabel:`Start` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:80 +msgid "The signed-in user auto-populates as the first attendee. Additional :guilabel:`Attendees` can be added or created from here, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:83 +msgid "For virtual meetings, copy and paste the URL into the space provided in the :guilabel:`Videocall URL` field. Or, click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Odoo meeting` to create a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:87 +msgid "Next, either create the event by clicking :guilabel:`Save & Close`, or select :guilabel:`More Options` to further configure the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:91 +msgid "Once the event is created, users can click into the virtual meeting directly from the calendar event to access more configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +msgid "The full event form for a new calendar event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:97 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Description` field allows users to add additional information and details about the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:100 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`More Options` to navigate to the meeting form, which provides additional configurations for the event:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: Define the length of the meeting in :guilabel:`hours`, or toggle the :guilabel:`All Day` switch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Recurrent`: Tick the checkbox to create a recurring meeting. Once selected, this opens new fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone for which this meeting time is specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:109 +msgid ":guilabel:`Repeat`: Select the recurring period of this meeting. Depending on what type of recurrence has been selected, a subsequent field appears, in which users can indicate when the meeting should recur. For example, if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected as the :guilabel:`Repeat` option, a new field appears, in which the user decides on what :guilabel:`Day of Month` the meeting should recur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Until`: Select the limited :guilabel:`Number of repetitions` this meeting should recur, the :guilabel:`End date` of when the recurrences should stop, or if the meetings should recur :guilabel:`Forever`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Add tags to the event, like `Customer Meeting` or `Internal Meeting`. These can be searched and filtered in the **Calendar** app when organizing multiple events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Link existing or new appointments. These can be configured through the :ref:`Share Availabilities ` button from the main **Calendar** dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Privacy`: Toggle between visibility options to control who can view the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Organizer`: This is defaulted to the current Odoo user. Select a new one from existing users, or create and edit a new user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Add additional information or details about the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reminders`: Select notification options to send to attendees. Choose a default notification, or configure new reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:130 +msgid "Coordinate with teams' availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:132 +msgid "When scheduling an event for multiple users, on the **Calendar** app dashboard, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Attendees` to view team members' availability. Tick (or untick) the checkbox next to listed users to show (or hide) individual calendars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +msgid "View of Attendees section on Calendar app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:142 +msgid "Share Availabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:144 +msgid "On the **Calendar** app main dashboard, click the :guilabel:`Share Availabilities` button at the top of the page. Next, click and drag to select the available times and dates on the calendar to add them as options in the invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:149 +msgid "To remove a selected time range, hover over the availability to click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:153 +msgid "Within the :guilabel:`Share Availabilities` feature, selecting times is only possible on the *Day* calendar views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:156 +msgid "Once availability has been selected, click the :icon:`fa-external-link` :guilabel:`Open` button to navigate to the associated appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:-1 +msgid "Share availability window on Calendar app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:162 +msgid "Several configuration options are available on the appointment form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:164 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Scheduling` field, set a minimum hour window to ensure appointments are confirmed a specified amount of time in advance. For example, set `01:00` to require attendees to confirm at least one hour before their appointment time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:168 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Allow Cancelling` field, set a maximum hour window before the appointment that attendees are able to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:171 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Availability on` field enables attendees to book :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Resources`, such as meeting rooms or tables. After selecting :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Resources`, type in the desired user or resource in the space below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:175 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Front-End Display` field is used to choose :guilabel:`No Picture` or :guilabel:`Show Pictures` related to the selected user or resource on the appointment page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:178 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Resources` has been selected in the :guilabel:`Availability on` field, users have an option to :guilabel:`Manage Capacities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:181 +msgid "Tick the checkbox to limit the maximum amount of people that can use the resource at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:183 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Assignment Method` field enables the order in which attendees book their time and user/resource:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pick User/Resource then Time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:187 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select Time then User/Resource`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:189 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Resources` has been selected in the :guilabel:`Availability On` field, a third option is available, :guilabel:`Select Time then auto-assign`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:192 +msgid "Optionally, configure the following tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:194 +msgid ":ref:`calendar/appointment-schedule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:195 +msgid ":ref:`calendar/appointment-options`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:196 +msgid ":ref:`calendar/appointment-questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:197 +msgid ":ref:`calendar/appointment-messages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:199 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Preview` button to see how the appointment link looks for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:201 +msgid "Once the configurations are finished, click the :guilabel:`Share` button to generate a link to send directly, or click :guilabel:`Publish` to publish the appointment selection on the connected Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:208 +msgid "Schedule tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:210 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Schedule` tab of the appointment form, time slots can be managed. The target date and time populate as the first time slots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:213 +msgid "To add a new time slot, hit :guilabel:`Add a line`. Click into the new blank space under the :guilabel:`From` field, then select and enter the new target start date and time, respectively. Repeat under the new blank space under :guilabel:`To` to select and enter the new target end date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:221 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:223 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Options` tab provides additional configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Specify which website this meeting invitation will be published on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:226 +msgid ":guilabel:`Timezone`: This defaults to the company's timezone selected in the **Settings** app. To change the timezone, select the desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:228 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: Select or create new locations from the drop-down menu. If this field is left empty, the meeting is considered to be taking place online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:230 +msgid ":guilabel:`Videoconference Link`: Select from :guilabel:`Odoo Discuss` or :guilabel:`Google Meet` to include a video conference link in the meeting invitation, or leave it blank to prevent generating a meeting URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:233 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manual Confirmation`: Only shown if :guilabel:`Resources` has been selected in the :guilabel:`Availability On` field. Tick the checkbox and enter a maximum percentage of the selected resource(s)' total capacity to create a manual confirmation requirement to finalize the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Up-front Payment`: Tick the checkbox to require users to pay before confirming their booking. Once this is ticked, a link appears to :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Configure Payment Providers`, which enables online payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:240 +msgid ":guilabel:`Limit to Work Hours`: If :guilabel:`Users` has been selected in the :guilabel:`Availability On` field, tick the checkbox to limit meeting time slots to the selected :doc:`users' working hours <../hr/employees/new_employee>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create Opportunities`: When this is selected, each scheduled appointment creates a new **CRM** opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reminders`: Add or delete notification reminders in this field. Select the blank space for additional options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:247 +msgid ":guilabel:`Confirmation Email`: Tick the checkbox to automatically send a confirmation email to attendees once the meeting is confirmed. Select from the email templates or click :guilabel:`Search More...`, then :guilabel:`New` to create a custom template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:250 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cancelation Email`: Tick the checkbox to automatically send a cancelation email to attendees if the meeting is canceled. Select from the email templates or click :guilabel:`Search More...`, then :guilabel:`New` to create a custom template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:253 +msgid ":guilabel:`CC to`: Add contacts to be notified of meeting updates in this field, regardless if they attend the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:255 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Guests`: Tick the checkbox to allow attendees to invite guests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:260 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:262 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, add questions for the attendee to answer when confirming their meeting. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to configure a :guilabel:`Question`. Then select a :guilabel:`Question Type`, optionally add a :guilabel:`Placeholder` answer, and choose whether it is a :guilabel:`Required Answer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:267 +msgid "To learn how to create more comprehensive questionnaires, head to the **Survey** app documentation on :doc:`creating and configuring data-capturing questions <../marketing/surveys/questions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:274 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:276 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Introduction Message` field of the :guilabel:`Messages` tab, add additional meeting information that appears on the invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:279 +msgid "Information added to the :guilabel:`Extra Message on Confirmation` field appears once the meeting is confirmed." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -2174,7 +2534,7 @@ msgid "Three tabs are available: :ref:`Tags `, :ref:`Access Righ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:297 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" @@ -3485,254 +3845,258 @@ msgid "Document traceability and inalterability (any alteration made to a signed msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`Documentation for Germany `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:64 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:66 msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) `_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) `_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois `_ and `New York `_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:75 msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:77 msgid "The signer must show a clear **intent to sign**. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt out of the electronic document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:79 msgid "The signer must first express or imply their **consent to conduct business electronically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:80 msgid "**The signature must be clearly attributed**. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer's IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:82 msgid "**The signature must be associated with the signed document**, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:84 msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be **retained and stored** by all parties involved; for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the possibility to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:89 msgid "Other countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Algeria `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Angola `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Argentina `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Australia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`Azerbaijan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`Bangladesh `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Brazil `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`Canada `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Chile `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`China `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Colombia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`Dominican Republic `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Ecuador `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Egypt `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Ethiopia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`Guatemala `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`Hong Kong `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`India `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`Indonesia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`Iran `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Iraq `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`Israel `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Japan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`Kazakhstan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`Kenya `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`Kuwait `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`Malaysia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`Mexico `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`Morocco `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`New Zealand `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`Nigeria `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`Norway `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Oman `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`Pakistan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Peru `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`Philippines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`Qatar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`Russia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`Singapore `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`South Africa `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`South Korea `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`Thailand `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`Turkey `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`Ukraine `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`United Arab Emirates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`United Kingdom `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Uzbekistan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`Vietnam `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:143 msgid "Send a document to sign" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:146 msgid "One-time signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:148 msgid "You can click :guilabel:`Upload a PDF to sign` from your dashboard for a one-time signature. Select your document, open it, and drag and drop the required :ref:`fields ` in your document. You can modify the :ref:`role ` assigned to a field by clicking on it and selecting the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:153 msgid "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and fill in the required fields. Once sent, your document remains available. Go to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents` to see your document and the status of the signatures." msgstr "" @@ -3740,11 +4104,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Signature status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:161 msgid "Validity dates and reminders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:163 msgid "You can set **validity dates** on limited-duration agreement documents or send **automatic email reminders** to obtain signatures on time. From your dashboard, click :guilabel:`Send` on your document. On the new page, go to the :guilabel:`Options` section, fill in the :guilabel:`Valid Until` field, toggle the :guilabel:`Reminder` switch, and click the value to edit the default number of days between reminders." msgstr "" @@ -3752,76 +4116,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set the number of days between reminders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 msgid "Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:175 msgid "You can create document templates when you have to send the same document several times. From your dashboard, click :guilabel:`Upload a PDF template`. Select the document and add the required :ref:`fields `. You can modify the :ref:`role ` of a field by clicking on it and selecting the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:180 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Template Properties` to add :guilabel:`Tags` to your template, define a :guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`, add :guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`, set a :guilabel:`Redirect Link` that will be available in the signature confirmation message received after the signature, or define :guilabel:`Authorized Users` if you want to restrict the use of your template to specific authorized users or groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:186 msgid "Your templates are visible by default on your dashboard. You can click :guilabel:`Send` to quickly send a document template to a signer or :guilabel:`Sign Now` if you are ready to sign your document immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:191 msgid "You can **create a template from a document that was previously sent**. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents`. On the document you want to retrieve, click on the the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`), then :guilabel:`Template`. Click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) again, then :guilabel:`Restore`. Your document now appears on your dashboard next to your other templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:200 msgid "Roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:202 msgid "Each field in a Sign document is related to a role corresponding to a specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the role must fill in their assigned fields and sign it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:206 msgid "Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:208 msgid "It is possible to update existing roles or to create new roles by clicking on :guilabel:`New`. Choose a :guilabel:`Role Name`, add an :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` to confirm the identity of the signing person, and if the document can be reassigned to another contact, select :guilabel:`Change Authorized` for the role. A :guilabel:`Color` can also be chosen for the role. This color can help understand which roles are responsible for which field when configuring a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:216 msgid "Secured identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:218 msgid "As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` through :ref:`SMS verification ` or via :ref:`Itsme® ` (available in Belgium and the Netherlands). Both authentication options require :ref:`credits `. If you do not have any credits left, the authentication steps will be skipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:224 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../essentials/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:225 msgid ":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ <../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:230 msgid "SMS verification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:232 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select :guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Before being able to send SMS Text Messages, you need to register your phone number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings` and click :guilabel:`Buy credits` under :guilabel:`Authenticate by SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:240 msgid "Go to the document to sign, add the field for which the SMS verification is required, for example, the :guilabel:`Signature` field, and click :guilabel:`Send`. On the new page, select the :guilabel:`customer` and click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:244 msgid "The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field, then :guilabel:`Sign`, and clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are sent by SMS." msgstr "" @@ -3829,27 +4193,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a hash to your document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:252 msgid "This feature is enabled by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:253 msgid "As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:259 msgid "Itsme®" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:261 msgid "Itsme® authentication can be used to allow signatories to provide their identity using itsme®. This feature is only available in **Belgium** and the **Netherlands**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:264 msgid "The feature can be enabled in :guilabel:`Sign Settings` and applies automatically to the :guilabel:`Customer (identified with itsme®)` role. To enable it for other roles, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select :guilabel:`Via itsme®`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:269 msgid "Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature` field. Switch to any role configured to use the feature, and click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -3857,19 +4221,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:275 msgid "Upon signing the document, the signer completes the :guilabel:`Signature` field and proceeds by clicking on :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`, triggering a :guilabel:`Final verification` page where authentication via itsme® is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:280 msgid "Signatory hash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:282 msgid "Each time someone signs a document, a **hash** - a unique digital signature of the operation - is generated to ensure traceability, integrity, and inalterability. This process guarantees that any changes made after a signature is affixed can be easily detected, maintaining the document's authenticity and security throughout its lifecycle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:287 msgid "A visual security frame displaying the beginning of the hash is added to the signatures. Internal users can hide or show it by turning the :guilabel:`Frame` option on or off when signing the document." msgstr "" @@ -3877,31 +4241,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding the visual security frame to a signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:299 msgid "Tags can be used to categorize and organize documents, allowing users to quickly search for and filter documents based on specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:302 msgid "You can manage tags by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Tags`. To create a tag, click :guilabel:`New`. On the new line, add the :guilabel:`Tag Name` and select a :guilabel:`Color Index` for your tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:306 msgid "To apply a tag to a document, use the dropdown list available in your document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:309 msgid "You can modify the tags of a signed document by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents`, clicking the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your document, then :guilabel:`Details`, and modifying your :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:314 msgid "Sign order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:316 msgid "When a document needs to be signed by different parties, the signing order lets you control the order in which your recipients receive it for signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:319 msgid "After uploading a PDF with at least two signature fields with two different roles and clicking :guilabel:`Send`, toggle the :guilabel:`Specify Signing Order` switch and search for the signer's name or email information to add them. You can decide on the signing order by typing **1** or **2** in the first column." msgstr "" @@ -3909,71 +4273,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Toggle the switch to specify the signing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:327 msgid "Each recipient receives the signature request notification only once the previous recipient has completed their action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:333 msgid "Field types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:335 msgid "Fields are used in a document to indicate what information must be completed by the signers. You can add fields to your document simply by dragging and dropping them for the left column into your document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:339 msgid "Various field types can be used to sign documents (placeholder, autocompletion, etc.). By configuring your own field types, also known as signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your customers, partners, and employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:343 msgid "To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings --> Edit field types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:346 msgid "You can select an existing field by clicking on it, or you can :guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:349 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: users are asked to enter their signature either by drawing it, generating an automatic one based on their name, or uploading a local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field type then reuses the data entered in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:352 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:354 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:355 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:356 msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or consent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:359 msgid "The :guilabel:`Auto-fill Partner Field` setting is used to automatically fill in a field during the signature process. It uses the value of one of the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:364 msgid "To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your mouse on the question mark next to the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:368 msgid "Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the person signing the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:371 msgid "The size of the fields can also be changed by editing the :guilabel:`Default Width` and :guilabel:`Default Height`. Both sizes are defined as a percentage of the full page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the full page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create is set to 15% (0.150) of a full page's width, while their height is set to 1.5% (0.015) of a full page's height." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:374 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:377 msgid "Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" @@ -4012,6 +4376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:20 @@ -4065,6 +4430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:22 @@ -4133,6 +4499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:34 @@ -4186,6 +4553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:36 @@ -4239,6 +4607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:38 @@ -4292,6 +4661,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:40 @@ -4345,6 +4715,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:42 @@ -4398,6 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:46 @@ -4451,6 +4823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:48 @@ -4504,6 +4877,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:50 @@ -4557,6 +4931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:51 @@ -4610,6 +4985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:52 @@ -4663,6 +5039,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:54 @@ -4716,6 +5093,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:57 @@ -4773,6 +5151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:62 @@ -4826,6 +5205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:64 @@ -4879,6 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:66 @@ -4932,6 +5313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:68 @@ -4984,6 +5366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/dominican_republic.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/iran.rst:71 @@ -5530,6 +5913,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Ethiopia, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be necessary." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Sign legality in Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:7 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant electronic signatures in Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:11 +msgid "Legal framework for electronic signatures in Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:13 +msgid "In Germany, electronic signatures are regulated under `eIDAS Regulation No. 910/2014 `_ and the `Trust Services Act `_. The law establishes the legal basis for acknowledging electronic records, contracts, and digital signatures. The key points of the law include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:23 +msgid "**Qualified signature**: there are certain use cases that require a qualified signature issued by a trust service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:27 +msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with German regulations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Germany by incorporating the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:57 +msgid "While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may not be suitable or legally recognized in Germany:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:68 +msgid "The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Germany, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be necessary." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Sign legality in Guatemala" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index e507a2df4..6d475e6e1 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:16 @@ -5329,29 +5330,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, these devices automatically share information, allowing for direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 -msgid "Epson printers using Wi-Fi/Ethernet connections and following the `EPOS SDK Javascript protocol `_ are compatible with Odoo **without** needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:12 +msgid "To use an ePos printer in Point of Sale:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:14 -msgid "Thermal printers using ESC/POS or StarPRNT protocol are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:15 +msgid "Activate the :guilabel:`ePos Printer` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:16 -msgid "Epson printers using only USB connections are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgid "Fill in the field with your ePos IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:18 -msgid "Epson printers that connect via Bluetooth are **not compatible**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`https`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:-1 +msgid "setting to enable the ePos printer feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgid "When the printer connects to a network, it automatically prints a ticket with its IP address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:25 @@ -5438,6 +5438,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Epson TM-U220 family (incompatible ePOS software)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:56 +msgid "Epson printers using Wi-Fi/Ethernet connections and following the `EPOS SDK Javascript protocol `_ are compatible with Odoo **without** needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:60 +msgid "Thermal printers using ESC/POS or StarPRNT protocol are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:62 +msgid "Epson printers using only USB connections are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:64 +msgid "Epson printers that connect via Bluetooth are **not compatible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" msgstr "" @@ -5921,7 +5946,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" @@ -6222,6 +6246,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:36 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:38 +msgid "When processing a payment, select the terminal's payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:0 +msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:0 +msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:47 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" @@ -6317,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:72 @@ -6332,38 +6376,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and :guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:91 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:0 -msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:0 -msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:100 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" @@ -6432,26 +6444,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 -msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 -msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 -msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:3 msgid "Mercado Pago" msgstr "" @@ -6585,23 +6577,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the payment method by going to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and adding it to the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field of the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:101 -msgid "Paying with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:103 -msgid "When processing a payment, select your Mercado Pago payment method, check the amount, and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:108 -msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:111 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:99 msgid "Any action made on the terminal should trigger a notification on the POS interface. Ensure the :ref:`webhook secret key ` is correctly configured if you are not notified." msgstr "" @@ -6666,7 +6642,6 @@ msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Razorpay Allowed Payment Modes` according to your need msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:-1 msgid "Razorpay connection form" msgstr "" @@ -6678,11 +6653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can enable it for your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:58 -msgid "When processing a payment, select the Razorpay payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:56 msgid "The terminal must have at least a 10% battery level to use it." msgstr "" @@ -6691,38 +6662,42 @@ msgid "SIX" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a **SIX payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 -msgid "Even though Worldline has acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are, therefore, not compatible with this integration." +msgid "Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and use a Six payment terminal in PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:17 -msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 +msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 msgid "To activate the POS IoT Six module, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for **POS IoT Six**. This module adds the necessary driver and interface to your database to detect Six terminals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:26 msgid "This module replaces the **POS Six** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 msgid "Connect an IoT box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:31 msgid "Connecting a Six payment terminal to Odoo is requires :doc:`using a Raspberry Pi or virtual (for Windows OS only) IoT box `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 msgid "Configure the terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 msgid "Navigate to your IoT Box homepage, where you can find the :guilabel:`Six payment terminal` field once your database server is connected to the IoT box. Click :guilabel:`Configure`, fill in the :guilabel:`Terminal ID` field with the ID received from Six, and click :guilabel:`Connect`. Your Six terminal ID should appear in the :guilabel:`Current Terminal Id` section." msgstr "" @@ -6730,7 +6705,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting the Six terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:45 msgid "Odoo automatically restarts the IoT box when the Six terminal ID is configured. If your Six terminal is online, it will be automatically detected and connected to the database. Check the IoT box homepage under the :guilabel:`Payments` section to confirm the connection." msgstr "" @@ -6738,7 +6713,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirming the connection to the Six payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:57 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`SIX IOT` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" @@ -6746,31 +6721,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:70 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :ref:`your Six payment method ` in the :guilabel:`Payment Method` section and click :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`. Once the payment is successful, the status switches to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 -msgid "Paying with Six" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:81 -msgid "The language used for error messages is the same as the Six terminal. Configure the terminal to change the language or contact Six." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:83 -msgid "By default, the port used by the Six terminal is `7784`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:86 -msgid "If there are connection issues between the payment terminal and Odoo, you can still force the payment validation in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" @@ -6889,43 +6839,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:95 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 -msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:105 -msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:96 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add it manually:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:100 msgid "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:102 msgid "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an already created location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:103 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill in the required information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:107 msgid "You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" @@ -7065,14 +7003,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can select the payment method in your POS settings once the payment method is created. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment methods` field of the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:125 -msgid "When processing a payment, select the related payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:134 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" @@ -7173,18 +7103,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 -msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:108 -msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:111 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" msgstr "" @@ -13154,7 +13072,7 @@ msgid "In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants`" +msgid ":ref:`ecommerce/products/product-variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 diff --git a/locale/sources/studio.pot b/locale/sources/studio.pot index 976ed45fc..637d0b9db 100644 --- a/locale/sources/studio.pot +++ b/locale/sources/studio.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgid "Approval rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:5 -msgid "Studio approval rules are used to automate approval processes for actions. They allow you to define the criteria for when an approval is required before an action can be performed using a button." +msgid "Studio approval rules allow you to require the approval of one or several users before an action can be performed using a button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:9 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:11 -msgid "To add approval rules, proceed as follows:" +msgid "To add an approval rule:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:13 @@ -89,103 +89,115 @@ msgid ":ref:`Open Studio ` and switch to the required :doc:`view msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:14 -msgid "Select the button for which you want to add approval rules." +msgid "Select the button to which the rule should be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:15 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Properties` tab on the left, enable the :guilabel:`Set approval rules` feature." +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add an approval step` in the :icon:`fa-server` :guilabel:`Properties` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:17 -msgid "Specify the :guilabel:`Allowed Group` to limit the approval permission to a specific user group." +msgid "Specify which users are responsible for approving the action by using one of the following fields or both:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:19 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Responsible` user to create an activity for a specific user when approval is requested from them." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Approvers` to specify one or several users;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:21 -msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Users to notify` via internal note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:22 -msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` to be displayed in the :ref:`Approval dialog `." +msgid ":guilabel:`Approver Group` to specify one user group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:24 -msgid "Optionally, you can also add conditions for the approval rule to be applied by clicking the :icon:`fa-filter` (:guilabel:`filter`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Allowed Group` field." +msgid "An activity is created for all users set as :guilabel:`Approvers` when their approval is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:27 -msgid "To add another rule, click :guilabel:`Add an approval rule`. When there are multiple approval rules, you can:" +msgid "(*optional*) Select the :guilabel:`Users to Notify` via an internal note when the action is approved or rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:30 -msgid "enable :guilabel:`Exclusive Approval` to require approvers to be different users;" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:29 +msgid "(*optional*) Add a :guilabel:`Description` to be displayed on the button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:31 -msgid "change the :guilabel:`Notification Order` of the approval rule so that the :guilabel:`Responsible` and :guilabel:`Users to notify` are only notified when the previous rule has been approved, and their approval is required. If the approval rules have the same :guilabel:`Notification Order`, all users are notified at the same time when the first approval is requested." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:32 +msgid "You can specify under which condition(s) an approval step should be applied by clicking the :icon:`fa-filter` (:guilabel:`filter`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Approvers` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:36 -msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Allowed Group` field to delete the approval rule." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:35 +msgid "To add another approval step, click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add an approval step`. When there are multiple steps, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:38 +msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Exclusive Approval` on any step so that a user who approves a step cannot approve another step for the same record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:40 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Approval Order` of the steps by selecting a number, `1` being the first step, `2` the second step, and so on. A user responsible for a higher step can approve/reject previous step(s) unless :guilabel:`Exclusive Approval` is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:44 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Approvers` field to remove an approval step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:48 msgid "You can create :ref:`user groups ` specifically for approvals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:53 msgid "Use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:47 -msgid "Once approval rules have been defined for a button:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:49 -msgid "A **user avatar** icon is displayed next to the button's label for each approval rule that has been defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:0 -msgid "Confirm button with approval for purchase orders" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:55 -msgid "When an unauthorized user clicks the button, an error message is displayed in the top-right corner and an activity is created for the user specified in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:57 -msgid "Only users from the group defined in the :guilabel:`Allowed Group` field are authorized to approve or reject the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:60 -msgid "Authorized users can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:62 -msgid "approve and perform the action by clicking the button;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:63 -msgid "approve the action and allow another user to perform it by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-check` (:guilabel:`Approve`) button in the dialog that opens;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:66 -msgid "reject the action by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`Reject`) button in the dialog that opens." +msgid "Once an approval rule has been defined for a button, a **user avatar** icon is displayed next to the button's label for each approval step. Clicking an icon reveals the step(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:-1 -msgid "Approval dialog" +msgid "Confirm button with two approval steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:62 +msgid "If an unauthorized user clicks the button, an error message is displayed and an activity is created for the users specified in the :guilabel:`Approvers` field, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:65 +msgid "Authorized users can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:67 +msgid "Perform the action directly by clicking the button if it is the last/only approval step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:68 +msgid "Approve the action and let another user perform it - or move it to the next approval step - by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-check` (:guilabel:`approve`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:71 +msgid "Reject the action by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label and then the :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`reject`) button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:73 -msgid "The user who approved/rejected the action can revoke their decision by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label, then clicking the :icon:`fa-undo` (:guilabel:`Revoke`) button." +msgid "(only for users selected under the :guilabel:`Approvers` field) Delegate their approval rights to one or several users for **all records** by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:76 -msgid "Approvals are tracked in the record's chatter. An approval entry is also created every time a Studio approval-related action is performed. To access the approval entries, :doc:`activate the developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Studio Approval Entries`." +msgid "Clicking the :icon:`oi-view-kanban` (:guilabel:`kanban view`) icon and then :guilabel:`Delegate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:78 +msgid "Selecting one or several :guilabel:`Approvers`, :guilabel:`Until` when they will have approval rights (forever if left empty), and, optionally, the user(s) who should be notified via an internal note using the :guilabel:`Notify to` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:0 +msgid "Delegate to dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:86 +msgid "A user who approves/rejects an action can revoke their decision by clicking the **user avatar** icon next to the button's label and then the :icon:`fa-undo` (:guilabel:`revoke`) button. They can also revoke the decision of other users for steps with a lower :guilabel:`Approval Order` unless :guilabel:`Exclusive Approval` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/approval_rules.rst:90 +msgid "Approvals are tracked in the record's chatter. An approval entry is also created every time a Studio approval-related action is performed. To access approval entries, :doc:`activate the developer mode ` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Studio Approval Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index f2859c5ba..c0598526e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 14:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-05 09:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -465,64 +465,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 -msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:95 msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:97 msgid "It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track their order, if enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:101 msgid "To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the **order confirmation** email to track their order;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if they have signed-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 msgid "B2B access restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:116 msgid "If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable :guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click :guilabel:`Grant Access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:122 msgid "Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory sign-in**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:126 msgid "Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:130 msgid "Shared customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:132 msgid "If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`, you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." msgstr "" @@ -545,7 +541,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 @@ -660,7 +656,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_confi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:341 msgid "Website availability" msgstr "" @@ -1052,326 +1048,476 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all within the **Website** app." +msgid "**Odoo eCommerce** allows you to :ref:`add products ` and manage your :ref:`product pages ` directly from the Website app. It also allows you to add :ref:`product variants ` and :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translating ` the product page content, :ref:`managing stock `, and enabling :ref:`product comparisons `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:10 -msgid "Add products to the catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:12 -msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:14 -msgid "From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:17 -msgid "or by :ref:`importing data ` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on :guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`products/catalog`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:18 +msgid "Add products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgid "Create products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../sales/sales>`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:25 +msgid "To create a product from the frontend, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then :guilabel:`Product`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the default :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` for local transactions, and :guilabel:`Save`. You can then update the product's details, add an image, and :ref:`customize ` the product page. When you :guilabel:`Save`, the product page is automatically published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:27 -msgid "Publish" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:32 +msgid "You can also create a product from the backend by going to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:29 -msgid "Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:34 +msgid "Products created from the frontend are automatically :ref:`published `, while products created from the backend are not. To publish a product, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the product page, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:35 -msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the :guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List` button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:42 +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:44 +msgid "To :ref:`import product data ` using XLSX or CSV files, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon, then :ref:`Import records `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:49 -msgid "Product page design" +msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:51 -msgid "Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the :guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, **layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to *all* product pages." +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:59 -msgid "Additional functions" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:52 +msgid "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:61 -msgid "In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable additional functions:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:53 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon and enable :guilabel:`Is published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:63 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product reviews `; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by **published** or **unpublished** products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:57 +msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:58 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected products, then :guilabel:`Confirm` to publish them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:64 +msgid "Shop page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:66 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added to cart;" +msgid "To customize the layout of the main :guilabel:`Shop` page or modify its content, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Go to the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab to add :doc:`building blocks <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` or to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to change the page layout or add features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or **excluded**;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Select :guilabel:`Grid` or :guilabel:`List`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants ` of the product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable options to compose the variant yourself;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Size`: Set the number of products displayed per page and line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:72 -msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button ` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; :guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Style`: Select :guilabel:`Default`, :guilabel:`Cards`, :guilabel:`Thumbnails`, or :guilabel:`Grid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the :guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for products *with* variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:80 -msgid "To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image Size`: Choose the aspect ratio for the product images: :guilabel:`Landscape (4/3)`, :guilabel:`Default (1/1)`, :guilabel:`Portrait (4/5)`, or :guilabel:`Vertical (2/3)`. You can also adjust the display by changing the :guilabel:`Fill` options to best fit your design preferences." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 -msgid "To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Search Bar`: Toggle the switch to display a search bar at the top of the products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 +msgid "page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Prod. Desc.`: Toggle the switch to display the product description below the product's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:87 -msgid "Layout" +msgid ":guilabel:`Categories`: display product categories on the :guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If :guilabel:`Left` is selected, you can enable :guilabel:`Collapse Categories` to make the category menu collapsible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:89 -msgid "Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions `, the layout configuration can be changed according to your needs." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Datepicker`: Toggle the switch to display a date range calendar to check the availability of rental products over a specific period. The :doc:`Rental app <../../sales/rental>` must be installed to use this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:92 -msgid ":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed on the page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:93 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:96 -msgid ":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image (:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attributes`: Show product attributes on the :guilabel:`Left` and/or display a :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon at the :guilabel:`Top` allowing customers to filter products based on their attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either **vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:101 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's main image;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Price Filter`: Toggle the switch to display a :guilabel:`Price Range` bar, which allows customers to filter products according to a specific price range by dragging adjustable handles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:102 -msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via **URL**." +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags by going to the :guilabel:`Tags` section in the left column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:106 -msgid "Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgid ":guilabel:`Top Bar`: Select :guilabel:`Sort By` to display a dropdown list in the top bar for sorting products and/or :guilabel:`Layout` to allow customers to switch to the grid or list view using the related icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Product images layout" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: Choose how products are sorted by default: :guilabel:`Featured`, :guilabel:`Newest Arrivals`, :guilabel:`Name (A-Z)`, :guilabel:`Price - Low to High`, or :guilabel:`Price - High to Low`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 -msgid "Add content" +msgid ":guilabel:`Buttons`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:116 -msgid "You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, :guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Shopping cart`) option to display an :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to cart`) icon on each product's image, which takes the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:120 -msgid "Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-heart-o` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) option to display an :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to wishlist`) icon on each product's image allowing logged-in customers to save products to a wishlist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Building blocks on product page" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:124 +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option to display the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) icon on each product's image allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:130 -msgid "Download link" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:129 +msgid "To feature a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :icon:`fa-star-o` (:guilabel:`Favorite`) icon next to the product's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:132 -msgid "To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from :menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the :guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or :guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:135 +msgid "Product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:139 -msgid "The difference with :ref:`digital files ` is that digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:137 +msgid "To access a product's page, go to the :guilabel:`Shop` and click on the product. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to :ref:`customize ` the page or :ref:`edit its images `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Media and link buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:143 +msgid "To access the backend **product form**, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Product` button in the top-right corner of the product page. Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product. You can configure the product page from the form by adding :ref:`variants `, :ref:`digital documents `, or :ref:`translating ` content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:149 -msgid "Digital files" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:150 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to return to the frontend product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:151 -msgid "Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27 +msgid "Customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Digital Files menu" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:157 +msgid "To customize a product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Go to the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab to add :doc:`building blocks <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:161 -msgid "For the configuration:" +msgid "When dragging and dropping a building block on the product page, placing it above or below the top or bottom blue lines makes it visible on all product pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:163 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgid "You can edit any text on your website simply by clicking on it while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:164 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:165 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to modify the page layout or add features:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:167 -msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgid ":guilabel:`Terms and Conditions`: Toggle the switch to display a link to your :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:170 -msgid "The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` section, found on the customer's portal." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customers`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:174 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:177 -msgid "Multiple languages" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Allow logged-in portal users to submit product reviews by clicking the stars below the product's name and sharing their experience in the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` section at the bottom. Reviews are visible from the product page using the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`plus`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` heading or from the product form's chatter. To restrict visibility to internal employees, toggle the :guilabel:`Public` switch next to the review comment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:179 -msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN (English)`) next to their field." +msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: Add social media and email icon buttons allowing customers to share the product through those channels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Field translation" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: Toggle the switch to allow customers to select the product quantity they want to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax indication`: Toggle the switch to indicate if the price is :ref:`VAT included or excluded `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:188 -msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:190 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:191 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: Show all possible product :ref:`variants ` vertically as a :guilabel:`Products List` or horizontally as selectable :guilabel:`Options` to compose the variant yourself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:192 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:195 -msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:198 -msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:197 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy Now`: Add a :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` option to take the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:202 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wishlist`: Add an :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Add to wishlist` option allowing logged-in customers to save products in a wishlist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:207 -msgid "A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compare`: Add a :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` option, allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:214 -msgid "Stock management" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: Select :guilabel:`Bottom of Page` to display a detailed list of the attributes and their values available for the product. This option only works for products with :ref:`variants ` if the :ref:`Product comparison tool ` is enabled in the Website :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:211 +msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`, :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Wishlist`, and :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` options must be enabled by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:215 +msgid "Enabled functions apply to all product pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:216 -msgid "Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgid "Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants but are still displayed in the :guilabel:`Product Specifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:220 -msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:222 +msgid "Image customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:225 -msgid "Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:224 +msgid "To customize the images available on the product page, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:226 +msgid ":guilabel:`Images Width`: Changes the width of the product images displayed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:227 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: The :guilabel:`Carousel` layout allows customers to navigate from one image to the next using the :icon:`fa-angle-left` (:guilabel:`left arrow`) or :icon:`fa-angle-right` (:guilabel:`right arrow`); whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:230 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can select a different one per website;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: Select the zoom effect for product images: :guilabel:`Magnifier on hover` :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:232 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: Align thumbnails on the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-left` (:guilabel:`Left`) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:233 +msgid "at the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-down` (:guilabel:`Bottom`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Image`: Click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's main image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:235 -msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: :guilabel:`Add` extra images or videos (including via URL) or :guilabel:`Remove all` product images." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:240 -msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy `" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:239 +msgid "Images must be in PNG or JPG format and with a minimum size of 1024x1024 to trigger the zoom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:243 -msgid "Selling as kit" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:244 +msgid "Product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:245 -msgid "If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to keep track of your stock." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:246 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` are different versions of the same product, such as various colors or materials, with potential differences in price and availability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:249 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:250 +msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 -msgid "Product comparison" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:254 -msgid "You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`, and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single page." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:253 +msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:259 -msgid "On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:255 +msgid "Access the :ref:`product forms ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, where you can add attributes and values, allowing customers to configure and select product variants on the product page. For multiple attributes, you can combine them to create specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:260 +msgid "To display or hide an attribute on the :guilabel:`Shop` page and allow visitors to filter them, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, click on the attribute, and select :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hidden` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:265 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes ` are set on the **product's template**." +msgid "To display the product attributes on :ref:`the main Shop page `, set the :guilabel:`Attributes` feature to :guilabel:`Left` using the website editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:267 +msgid "To group attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, go to the :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` field and either select an :doc:`existing category or create a new one <../../websites/ecommerce/products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:273 +msgid "Two attribute values are needed to make the filter visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:276 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:281 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:283 +msgid "You can link digital files like certificates, eBooks, or user manuals to the products. These documents are available :ref:`before payment ` on the product page or in the customer portal :ref:`after checkout `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:287 +msgid "To link a digital file to a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload` to upload a file directly, or for additional options, click :guilabel:`New`, then :guilabel:`Upload your file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:292 +msgid "You can link a URL instead of a digital file. To do so, click :guilabel:`New`, go to the :guilabel:`Type` field, and select :guilabel:`URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:294 +msgid "To edit an existing file, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:300 +msgid "Digital files available before payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:302 +msgid "To make the file available on the product page (before payment), leave the :guilabel:`Visibility` field blank and toggle the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 +msgid "digital file available before payment on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:311 +msgid "Digital files available after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:313 +msgid "To make the file available (after payment), set the :guilabel:`Visibility` field to :guilabel:`Confirmed order` and turn off the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:319 +msgid "Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:321 +msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website, you can translate a product's information directly on the :ref:`product form `. Fields that support multiple languages are identifiable by their abbreviation language (e.g., EN) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:325 +msgid "The eCommerce-related fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:327 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:328 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:329 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:332 +msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/pages/seo>`. You can use the :doc:`Translate <../website/configuration/translate>` feature to translate the page's content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:335 +msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and go to the :guilabel:`Website Info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:343 +msgid "To set the product's website availability, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and in the :guilabel:`eCommerce shop` section, select the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field blank to make the product available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:349 +msgid "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:355 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:357 +msgid "To enable and configure inventory management options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:362 +msgid "The **Inventory** app must be installed to see the inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:363 +msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` in the :ref:`product form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:367 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:369 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, fill in those fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:371 +msgid ":doc:`Warehouse <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:372 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock`: Enable :guilabel:`Continue Selling` to allow customers to place orders even when the product is **out of stock**. Leave the box unchecked to **prevent orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:374 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: Displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:381 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:383 +msgid "To allow website visitors to compare products based on their attributes, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section, and enable :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:387 +msgid "The :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) icon is now available on each product card on the main shop page when customers hover their mouse over it. To compare products, customers can click the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option on the products they want to compare, then click :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` in the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 msgid "Product comparison window" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:397 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` is only available for products with :ref:`attributes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:399 +msgid "Selecting the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option from a product page is also possible." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:3 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "" @@ -1409,7 +1555,6 @@ msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../products`" msgstr "" @@ -1430,7 +1575,6 @@ msgid "Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" @@ -1582,6 +1726,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:182 msgid "You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." msgstr "" @@ -1726,27 +1874,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:26 msgid "Tax display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:28 msgid "Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select :guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-included**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:38 msgid "This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:43 msgid "You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling :guilabel:`Tax Indication`." msgstr "" @@ -1754,15 +1902,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:52 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:55 msgid "Price per unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:57 msgid "It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom>` on the product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." msgstr "" @@ -1770,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:68 msgid "The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page." msgstr "" @@ -1778,48 +1926,48 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:76 msgid "Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:84 msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:86 msgid "Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, **minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:98 msgid "Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:102 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:105 msgid "The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer *segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as **discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:110 msgid "Foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:112 msgid "If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search bar**." msgstr "" @@ -1827,15 +1975,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pricelists selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:125 msgid "Permanent discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:127 msgid "If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted price** next to it." msgstr "" @@ -1843,102 +1991,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Price strikethrough" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:135 msgid "To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products category`. Then, head to the product's template (:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:19 -msgid "Product configurator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:21 -msgid "Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Variants configurator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:29 -msgid "The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the attributes. You can then select between four options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:33 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:34 -msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Display type options for attributes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an **attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the **product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "Product specifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field :guilabel:`Specification`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Specifications list on the product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:70 -msgid "The product **specification list** can also be used on products without variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:75 -msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and values, allowing them to :ref:`filter ` the catalog based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the :guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the :guilabel:`Attributes` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Categories buttons" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 msgid "eLearning" msgstr "" @@ -4575,10 +4631,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :ref:`Cookies Policy ` page (/cookie-policy`) is automatically created when you enable the cookies bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27 -msgid "Customization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 msgid "To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Invisible Elements` section at the bottom of the panel, and click :guilabel:`Cookies Bar`. You can modify the :guilabel:`Layout` and :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar, and enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the cookies bar is displayed on the screen." msgstr "" @@ -5113,11 +5165,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ New Website`." msgstr ""